Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2021_03-23_PWETCpacketce,Pmk.rmwa: Address: Stephanie Hammer f � 3660 civic Cerner Dr. Karen Hueft Wxvilb, MN 55113 Michael Jayce Many Mbra Public Worker Environment & ,rune: Shane Spencer Transportation Agenda 651-703-7004 Jce Wozniak Tuesday, March 3c, 3031 Jamod Cote Council Chambers we6aw: Youth YeaCommissioner: : `� waxityahouvllle.cem Sand L"ch unci pha 1. 6ABPn. mac: wRaLCM 3. 6:BSPn. P:b6p Camawib 9. 6:40 Pe. AppprIIOR P:erbue Meekg Mbulw manvnb: APPROVAL OF FEBRWRYMINU URDF 4. "Pn. Cammnimbn lbme manvab: COLMUNIGTION RBAB.POF 5. T:BOPn. Remwy C4unb D6464134%;Ownb manvab: MMBEY COUNTY DITCH 4 PROJECT OVERVIEW PDF 6. 7:40Pn. Reimtl Qubl3as Sbay manvab: RAILRQID QUIET ZONE STUDY.MF T. 8:70Pn. bas FarWAMeeNp manvab: AMILAGENM.PDF 8. BABPn. Aalmm Roseville Public Works, Environment and Transportation Commission Agenda Item Date: March 23, 2021 Item No: 3 Item Description: Approval of the February 23, 2021 Public Works Commission Minutes Attached are the minutes from the February 23, 2021 meeting. Recommended Action: Motion approving the minutes of February 23, 2021, subject to any necessary corrections or revision. Move: Second: Ayes: Nays: Roseville Public Works, Environment and Transportation Commission Meeting Minutes Tuesday, February 23, 2021, at 6:30 p.m. City Council Chambers, 2660 Civic Center Drive Roseville, Minnesota 5#.51 Pursuant to Minn. Stat. 13.D.021, Publks, Environment and Transportation Commission members, City Staff, and members of the public participated in this meeting electronically due to the COVID-19 Pandemic. 1 1. Introduction / Roll Call 2 Chair Wozniak called the meeting to order at approximately 6:30 p.m. and at his 3 request, Public Works Director Marc Cu calledoll. 4 5 Present: hair Joe Wozniak; Vice Chair Karen Hulett; and Members Michael 6 Joyce, Jarrod Cicha, Nancy Misra, anh Youth Commissioner Jana 7 ynch 8 9 Absent: Member Stephanie Hammer and Shane Spencer (Excused) 10 11 Staff Present: Public Works Director Marc Culver; City 12 Engineer/Assistant Public Works Director Jesse Freihammer 13 14 2. Pu is Comments 15 16 3. Approva f January 6, 2021 Meeting Minutes 17 Comments and corrections to draft minutes had been submitted by PWETC 18 commissioners prior to tonight's meeting and those revisions incorporated into the 19 draft presented in meeting materials. 20 21 Motion 22 Member Huiett moved, Member Wozniak seconded, approval of the January 23 26, 2021 meeting minutes as presented. 24 25 Ayes:5 26 Nays:0 27 Motion carried. Page 1 of 4 28 29 4. Communication Items 30 City Engineer Jesse Freihammer provided a brief review and update on projects 31 and maintenance activities listed in the staff report dated February 23, 2021. 32 33 Public Works Director Marc Culver updated the Commission on the Recycling RFP 34 that went before the City Council on February 22, 2021. 35 36 Chair Wozniak inquired about the City's role is with the residential frozen pipes. 37 He thought the City attended to those when it occur 38 39 Mr. Culver explained how the City handles frozen pipes within the City. 40 41 Chair Wozniak mentioned the stormwater improvements for Saint Rose of Lima 42 parking lot and repairs/replacement of the Galtier Lift Station projects. He thought 43 of some opportunities for field tri r the Commission later in 2021. 44 45 Mr. Culver thought that was a good idea. He also recommended a trip to the booster 46 station. He noted staff crrange a tour to visit some of the sites. 47 NNEW 48 5. Partners in Energy Upd 49 Environmental Manager R n Johnson introduced the Partners in Energy update. 50 51 Mr. Jake Sedlacek, Community Relations Manager, XcA Energy, and Mr. Mike 52 Holsinger, Lead Facilitator from the Center of Energy and Environment made a 53 presentation to the Commission. 54 55 Member Joyce explained he had a question regarding peak demand charges with 56 EV car charging and he did not think EV car charging was something that was being 57 done in Roseville. It was mentioned that EV cars are being charged overnight and 58 he wondered if there are any saver switches or any peak times those should not be 59 charging. He wondered ho se worked. 60 61 Mr. Holsinger indicated the switches are still in use and actually there are some 62 new advances as well. He introduced Ms. Tammy Gunderzik to the Commission. 63 64 Ms. Gunderzik dis sed electrical vehicle programs that Xcel is working on. 65 66 Mr. Culver thought as the City progresses with the Xcel Energy Team, staff will 67 learn more about some of the opportunities. He indicated he was very interested in 68 how the City can work with Xcel Energy to propagate charging stations around the 69 City. He noted the City would love to put a couple in the parking lot but would like 70 to get someone to pay for them or at least help with the costs. He was also interested 71 in how the City can work with businesses to get more charging stations which will 72 motivate people to look more closely at electric vehicles. 73 Page 2 of 4 74 Ms. Gunderzik indicated that may be in the next stage of the Xcel Energy Team 75 focus. She noted some grant opportunities the City could apply for in the future. 76 77 Member Cicha wondered if Xcel Energy had any idea on how COVID-19 is 78 influencing the energy burden in Roseville or on a larger scale. 79 80 Mr. Holsinger explained the Department of Energy resource for calculating that and 81 getting at the information specific to Roseville is limited. He wished it were more 82 real time and more of a finely tuned instrument. There is information on 83 homeownership versus rent, multi -family versus single-family and things of that 84 nature but Xcel Energy does not have anything that is going to be as timely to allow 85 them to look at the impact of one years' worth of events, positive or negative. 86 87 Chair Wozniak asked in other service areas has Xcel Energy partnered with either 88 car dealerships or manufacturers to encourage or promot\Gecause ng stations 89 for EV vehicles. 90 4 91 Ms. Gunderzik explained Xcel Energy is excited with its it has 92 a Channel Trade Manage ho works with the EV dealers is not so 93 much EV charging stat but making sure they are gV's and a 94 greater variety stocked inice service territories Ak 95 96 Chair Wozniak asked if Xcel Energy was aware of any conversations or programs 97 with any communities where Xcel is working with the community to look at the 98 community's codes and outreach efforts in order to inform commercial and 99 residential customers of requirements for EV charging on the premises. 100 All I& 101 Ms. Gunderzik indicated she was not aware of anything like that. There are 102 programs for leasing and Xcel will install the EV chargers. 103 104 hair Wozniak thanked Xcel Energy representatives for their presentation. 105 4 106 6. A ual Green Team Update 107 Mr. Johnson indicated the PWETC is the Green Team for Roseville. He updated 108 the Commis ion on the program highlights that are reviewed on the Green Team. 109 110 Mr. Johnson i troduced Mr. Will Ristow, Green Corp Member, who presented the 111 projects he has been working on. 112 113 Member Misra asked how many participants are in the program right now and it is 114 where it is expected to be at this point. 115 116 Mr. Ristow indicated the program is not currently in effect. The workshops are 117 being used as a way to meet with the businesses and get them onboard. He noted a 118 couple of businesses have reached out to him to find out how to get on board. He 119 will start pushing outreach now that the workshops are set up. Page 3 of 4 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 Chair Wozniak thanked Mr. Ristow on the presentation and looked forward to hearing more about the benchmarking efforts as the work continues. 7. Minnesota GreenCorps Member Update 8. Items for Next Meeting - March 2021 Discussion ensued regarding the March PWETC agenda: ■ Railroad Quiet Zone Report ■ Update on Community Solar and solar related developments ■ Roseville Demographics in Equity for Commissions to discuss 9. Adjourn ',Ih6o%L Motion Member Misra moved, Member Joyce seconded, adjournment of the meeting Page 4 of 4 Roseville Public Works, Environment and Transportation Commission Agenda Item Date: March 23, 2021 Item Description: Communication Items Item No: 4 Public Works Project updates: • 2021 Sewer Lining o The contact was awarded to Visu-Sewer on November 30, 2020. The project consists on lining 7.12 miles of pipe within the city. Work has been ongoing since December and is 30 percent complete. All work is expected to be completed on the project by the end of July. • Galtier Lift Station o The project includes the upgrade of the sanitary sewer lift station at Galtier Street just south of South Owasso Drive. The project was awarded to Pember Construction, Inc. on June 8. Major work is expected to begin in mid-April. Cleveland Watermain Project The contract for this project was awarded on February 22 to SGP Contracting, Inc. Work involves the replacement of the watermain between County Road C2 and County Road D. No road closures are anticipated but traffic on Cleveland Avenue will be reduced to one lane in each direction. St Rose of Lima Drainage Improvements o Bids were opened on February 3 and was awarded to OMG Midwest on February 22. The project is a joint project with Ramsey Washington Metro Watershed District. Work involves reducing the impervious amount of the parking lot, installation of rain gardens and installation of an underground storage system. The improvements will reduce runoff and provide treatment which should help reduce flooding in the neighborhood. The project is anticipated to begin in the spring and be completed by mid-August. County Road B Sewer Improvements o Bids were opened on February 4 and the contract was awarded to SGP Contracting Inc. on February 22. Work involves repairing and upgrading the sanitary sewer system in three locations on County Road B between Dale Street and Cohansey Street. The project will be coordinated with Xcel Energy's gas replacement project on County Road B. Road closures and detours will be needed for the work and will be communicated to residents and business when the dates are known. Ramsey County Ditch 4 Storm Sewer & Twin Lakes Trail Improvements o Bids were opened on March 15 and the contract is scheduled to be awarded to Meyer Contracting on March 22. Work involves replacing the existing ditch with an 84" pipe, grading and installing a 10 foot wide bituminous trail over the pipe, lighting, landscaping and tree installation. Work is anticipated to begin in late April. Ramsey County Updates • County Road B2 Resurfacing and Signal Improvements o This summer the County plans to resurface County Road B2 between Fairview Avenue and Hamline Avenue. As part of the project they will be replacing three signal lights in the corridor and upgrading curb ramps to meet ADA compliance. Additionally, a new pathway will be installed on the north side of County Road B2, under the Snelling Avenue bridge between the ramps. Minnesota Department of Transportation updates: • I -35W MnPASS project - http://www.dot.state.mn.us/metro/projects/3 5wnorthrnnpass/index. html o Construct MnPASS Express Lanes (one lane in each direction) in the middle of existing I -35W between County Road C in Roseville and Lexington Avenue (County Rd 17) in Blaine. o Repave I -35W and ramps between County Road C in Roseville to just north of Sunset Ave (County Road 53) in Lino Lakes. o Replace and repair bridges along the project area. o Install noise walls on the east side of 1-35Wjust north of the County Road C ramps to County Road D. o Rosegate west of Cleveland Avenue will be closed through November to accommodate bridge reconstruction. o Contract was awarded in October 2018 to Ames Construction which had the winning Design/Build Proposal. Total cost is $208 million. o Work in this last year of the project will likely begin in April and will continue through the end of 2021. o The northbound 35W exit ramps to County Road C/Cleveland Avenue are closed and will be closed through the summer until the ramp is rebuilt. The detour is posted to exit onto County Road D. Snelling & Glenhill Improvements o MnDOT plans to make permanent improvements to the Glenhill Road and Snelling Avenue intersection in late April through May. Improvements will continue to restrict the access to a3/4 intersection with no access to north bound Snelling from Glenhill Road. Snelling Signal Upgrades o MnDOT will be replacing the signals at Snelling and County Road C2 and Snelling and Roselawn this summer. Included with the project is upgrades to ADA ped ramps. Traffic will be maintained at all times on Snelling. The current schedule for the work is unknown. Sustainability Update • Partners in Energy o The Energy Action Team will have its fourth meeting on Monday March 22 from 2:30 p.m. - 5:00 p.m., with the goal of narrowing in on goals and actions for the Energy Action Plan. To see information from the past meetings, visit www.Ci!yOfRoseville.com/Partners-in-Energy. 0 Voluntary Benchmarking Program The Voluntary Benchmarking Program webpage is live, and can be found at www. CityOfRoseville. com/VoluntaryBenchmarking. Staff held a virtual Voluntary Benchmarking Webinar on Thursday March 8. This webinar was on the importance of voluntary benchmarking, how reporting works, and how to report owner building data into portfolio manager. The webinar is intended for any commercial, industrial, and non-profit property owners willing to participate. The goal is to both inform Roseville businesses about the possibility for energy savings as well for these properties to save money by becoming more energy efficient over time. Another webinar is scheduled for Thursday April 8 for properties that couldn't make it to the first meeting. Staff are working diligently to increase awareness of the program, and outreach to properties will be a priority through the next webinar. Zoning Code Upate o The Community Development Department is leading an effort to update the City's Zoning Code which the set of rules that identifies how individual properties within the City can be used. It also sets standards for how buildings may be developed or changed. A key component of this update process is outreach and engagement. Towards that end a series of meetings will be hosted on a variety of topics related to the Zoning Code. The first of those meetings will be held on Thursday, March 25`t' and will focus on Equity and Inclusion/Sustainability and Resilience. Members of the PWET Commission should have received an invite for this meeting and they are encouraged to attend one of the two meetings on this data. More information about these specific meetings, how to register and about the overall Zoning Code Update project can be found at the following webpage httn://cityofroseville.com/zonineundate. Public Works Staff Update: • Stephanie Smith is the new Assistant City Engineer. She started on March 10. City Council Update: • Approved preliminary plat for The Woods of Roseville • Approved preliminary plat for the Enclave at McCarron Lake • Approved RFP for Recycling Services • Approved contract for County Road B Sewer Improvements • Approved contract for St Rose of Lima Drainage Improvements • Approved contract for Cleanup Day Services Major Maintenance Activities: • Street and Storm o Two asphalt plants opened 3/15/21 o Last three water break repairs have been temporarily patched with asphalt vs concrete. o Miscellaneous patching. o Last 3 snow events have pushed our seasonal total of snow over 40" o Ongoing tree trimming continues. o Ongoing sign work continues. o ManagerPlus Central Garage Fleet software program is up and running. Water and Sanitary Sewer o Continued repairing water meters and MIUs. o Continuing the process of collecting water service data and upgrading water meters and MIUs in park buildings. o Collected water samples for bacteriological testing. o Began our annual valve exercising program (12" and larger). o Continued working with city engineers and consulting engineers on the Galtier and Long Lake lift stations and the Booster Phase 3 Projects. o Repaired 7 broken water mains. o Continued laundering towels weekly used by office personnel for cleaning work areas. o Five Utility employees attended the Virtual Annual Collection System Operator Conference. o Completed painting some of the spaces in the Police department. o Recruited and received 25 applications for the open Maintenance Worker position which became available with a retirement at the end of February. Attachments: A: 2021 Roseville Project Map B: January Development Activity Report OUNTYF _ F 5 R D $ I aa>@ w d x o Johanna INE ENNER AGE A GE a An R LL00QQEEGG� Longbn e R Joke wW Park 7 —11 Ell GI I WOODLYNN AVE NNER AVE DR An 4 P 9A s o Joke Josephine -- LYDIA 2< oe s D a ST It s y ,ural LLw000 E IICOUN" aPLE TO R crvry CamPOM __ _ ._.0 Ro¢ •gym ��� l gbT murvry oall C2 I rFrveervyvigDR cNN' L• ORCHARD TO 5 E DR • „ Air". TEAR �L • z AIIIA TERRACE DR V TERRACE DR AVE TERRACE S oP ttyplewood ARE NAL ."4 I, y � � _.._.WOODS L$ tl ment A 4 a eR uro� x VSHARONDALE ' -ranaaLaa AVE AVE PLwemGRE AV S�rDG WOOD—L V.—T1 YP $ _ 4 A AVEELDRIDGE} m F Wry _ A a ROSGENWROD PARKER AGE A CT CUSS ROSE PIL BROOKS LOSE 3 SOL 3 C • S BeLihe�� 5 BROOKS AVE w¢i y GLLOIV -ILLOk. a BROOKSmC LO 2Be EST AV t GRAND 0 0 AVE VE A AVE ORT CAR TO BROOKS A RE N cAVE .� R E g avE AVE a TRANSIT AVE '®m SE:PaNr AVESIT RD BE I COUNTY 8, Hfill a„TO ROSEWOOD o A IRAVEk E RYAN AVE RYAN E SKILLAGailic �g vE.� RATANRYAN R AVE BLVD ment A 4 eR VSHARONDALE ' -ranaaLaa AVE AVE AV WOOD—L �1ELDRIDGE $ _ 4 AVEELDRIDGE} m F PARKER AGE A VJE INC. BROOKS AVE SOL 8g IS B Ad • S 5 S a D RD BE t GRAND GRANDVIEW AVE VE A AVE 70 N So THIL g sxR OYER R 2� g avE AVE rots [3 OR AN t VIEW Hfill ROSEWOOD GY AVEAVE E RYAN AVE RYAN E SKILLAGailic �g vE.� RATANRYAN R AVE BLVD AVE mErrooD w YAN AVE OR 1 4w ee VD v 0 ffi A We AVE GrAye in e mcc RRo�w _$T mo w W M'o a a" D.P 3 Pe w DEC �x Px DFAPE Lteservas Wands GUN, Park car ,y Co—, AVE 33 G k — spare _ g i ryAUSTR rvry ip Goa°Nh.na. RAn nA,N1. 0 Rm,arel HOT.s �laan'D�1 Ad oi�eao'ood. a aoc�m.a Pr J =Game. °euim nxs.nion ROSELA- AVE ROSEurvry N avE eros urvry R SUMAGER ST F 2021 All Projects a, ^� City Mill & Overlay : �•� � Watermain Pipe Replacement ENGGEa County Project Watermain Project r AVE A Ar Ar F I RE N State Project Storm Project g ST yNNE ST D N New Pathway - -0't'-�Xcel Project - Lot O••O Pathway Resurfacing AsParking (� • Sanitary Sewer Lining Signal Improvement Data Sources and ContactsThiinni ASCLAKI Prepared : p y Sanitary Projectady ' R emeey county cls Base Map (1 liDl or Roseville Engineering Department iCrsl Engineering Department Fo r mtlh er lnmrmailo n re audio m a cc nie ma of ma cc niaa s s p pre �rNl.I.... December 31, 2020 266 nrivic Cclle, Engineering Depatlmend, 2eao Geta tamer Dane, aDxexme MN o mmrv�=.°a�Ia m�i.�;a. Dv«=m:.�.°=1A1i.nneaA.;mavr ment A 4 WOOD—L re $ _ 4 33y m F • SPARCRE BROOKS gUS o NSIT VWE He SIT IS B Ad 5 A CT T D RD BE t GRAND GRANDVIEW AVE VE A AVE 70 N So THIL R 2� Ar AVE rots [3 OR AN t VIEW Hfill GY AVEAVE Ew%MGE SKILLAGailic R AVE BLVD EL AryST 4cR YAN AVE OR 1 4w ee VD 0 ffi A We AVE GrAye in e mcc RRo�w _$T M'o a QF p viche Pe Lake a ek INeGrrorN Ho Are AVE GUN, Park car ,y Co—, AVE 5 ger, spare _ ip Goa°Nh.na. RAn nA,N1. 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Feet �laan'D�1 Ad oi�eao'ood. a aoc�m.a Pr =Game. °euim nxs.nion Nsral ma p. Prepesea2o21_veld` ;atls pa( N SVL M Dayton Freight TVH M Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co M County Road C2 A2 Art Storage s ■ Isaac Apartments fr =` Ll z CTV15 m Oasis at Twin Lakes Station M Tanen Dermatology county Road y a l Dedicated Commercial Recovery Five Ninjas .f M Martial Arts ■ ■ X Lutheran Lake Josephine '%Le)anito Nix ■ is r • • �'dq r1 Artiforge Hiway Unionlri Creeld Union!— 1 County Road B2 Waw eoa r • Roseville El Sombrero MnDOT pt' High School Shell z*^a^ Mi -Sant building Cleveland Ave subdivision - County Road B Newhome Fairview Community Center a i a 3 rt a_ a Z U LL M Prolifeof America j ■ M See Reverse For Project Details ❑ Residential Proposed Retail ❑ Industrial Proposed Public/ Institutional Residential Office/Non- Retail Proposed M Industrial ❑ Retail Proposed Office/Non-Retail ❑ Public/ Institutional Proposed 'IT -TW 7111M V Y1% &JiJ Prepared by: Community Development Department January 20, 2021 ae,,,, Lake � h o m � o A � 5 2 New y'e U ;.� Wheaton Woods County Road C County Road B2 a e i E Development Projects: January 2021 3 Attachment B Farrington Estates 0 1,000 2,000 3,000 Feet Sources Ramsey County GIS (11M2021) Community Development Department ROSEVILLE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Development Activity Report Updated: January 20, 2020 Project Name Address Project Description Applicant/Owner Information Starting/Occupancy Oasis at Twin Lakes (Package 1) 2725 Herschel St New Multifamily Apartments (Parking & Clubhouse) Eagle Building Company Summer 2020 / TBD Oasis at Twin Lakes (Package 2) 2745 Herschel St New Multifamily Apartments (Apartment 1— 132 Units) Eagle Building Company Summer 2020 / TBD Oasis at Twin Lakes (Package 3) 2705 Herschel St New Multifamily Apartments (Apartment 2 —96 Units) Eagle Building Company Summer 2020 / TBD Isaac Apartments 2740 Fairview Ave 127 unit building Watson Forsberg Company Spring 2020 / TBD Wheaton Woods Wheaton Ave & Dale St 17 single-family homes (15 issued / 2 empty) Golden Valley Land Co/TJB Homes/Accent Homes Summer 2016 /Fall 2019 Farrington Estates 311 County Road B 7 lot single-family subdivision (7 issued/6 complete) Premium Real Estate Solutions/ Michael B. Oudin Winter 2016 / Summer 2019 RESIDENTIAL Cleveland Ave Subdivision 2227-2257 Cleveland Ave 5 lot single-family subdivision Bald Eagle Builders Winter 2019 / Summer 2019 Lexington Woods townhomes 2860, 2862, 2864, 2866, 2868, 2870 Lexington PI New Townhomes M/I Homes Winter 2020 Lexington Woods townhomes 2841, 2843, 2845, 2847, 2849, 2851 Lexington PI New Townhomes M/I Homes Winter 2020 Residential New Construction 1984 William St New Single Family Home Vanguard Builders Spring 2020 / TBD Residential New Construction 1991 Eldridge Ave New Single Family Home Lee Homes Summer 2020 / TBD Residential New Construction 671 Heinel Dr New Single Family Home Owner Spring 2020 / TBD Hiway Federal Credit Union 2465 Fairview Ave Demo Kevitt Companies Winter 2020 / TBD Hiway Federal Credit Union 2465 Fairview Ave VIP New Building Carlson -Lavine Inc Fall 2020 RETAIL Mi -Sant 1881 Highway 36 Interior Remodel Chans Consulting Summer 2020 / TBD EI Sombrero 1885 West Perimeter Dr Interior Remodel Ell Sombrero Fall 2020 Roseville High School 1240 County Road B2 Remodel Kraus Anderson Fall 2018 / TBD Dayton Freight 2560 Long Lake Rd Interior Remodel Reiner Construction Summer 2020 Lutheran Church of the Resurrection 3115 Victoria St Remodel LS Black Constructors Fall 2019 / TBD Prolife of America 1751 County Road B #300 Remodel St. Paul Construction Company Winter 2020 / TBD Fairview Community Center 1910 County Road B New Community Center Kraus -Anderson Construction Spring 2020 / TBD MnDOT 1500 County Road B2 Interior Remodel Cirks Construction Spring 2020 / TBD SVL 2896 Centre Pointe Dr Interior Remodel St. Paul Construction Company Spring 2020 / TBD OFFICE & NON- Tareen Dermatology 2720 Fairview Ave Shell Building Timco Construction Fall 2019 / TBD RETAIL Artiforge 1995 County Road B2 Office Build Out RJ Ryan Construction Fall 2020 A2 Art Storage 2830 Fairview Ave Remodel B2 Builders LLC Fall 2020 CTV 2670 Arthur St Remodel The Bainey Group Inc Fall 2020 Metro Transit 2550 Walnut St Interior Remodel MP Johnson Construction Fall 2020 Five Ninjas Martial Arts 2480 Fairview Ave #100 Interior Remodel Northern Sol Winter 2020 Dedicated Commercial Recovery 1970 Oakcrest Ave Interior Remodel Fixed Assets Inc Winter 2020 The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co. 2235 Highway 36 Tenant Remodel Sever Construction Comp Winter 2020 Shell Building 2350 Fairview Ave New Shell Building VCC LLC Fall 2020 Roseville Public Works, Environment and Transportation Commission Agenda Item Date: March 23, 2021 Item No: 5 Item Description: Ramsey County Ditch 4 Project Overview Background: As part of the Public Works 2021 Work Plan which was reviewed and recommended for approval by this Commission in November of last year, the City is working with the Rice Creek Watershed District and private development on a substantial storm water project. Currently, there is an open, heavily vegetated ditch located west of Byerly's, adjacent to the new apartment buildings being constructed in the area. The ditch runs south to north between County Road C and Terrace Drive. The City and its partners are working to transform that ditch into a piped storm water system with a lit trail on top. City staff has been working with the developers and the watershed on this concept for over a year and the City finally opened bids for this project on Monday, March 15'. Staff expects the City Council to award a contract for this project on Monday, March 22°d Ryan Johnson, Environmental Manager, will provide a presentation of the project, its challenges and its benefits. Recommended Action: Receive presentations about the Ramsey County Ditch 4 Project. Attachments: A: Presentation Attachment A Ramsey County Ditch 4 Engineering Department s71 y IL lk t k-kqFAhhE Ramsey County Ditch 4 Overview Ramsey County Ditch 4 Chy Mmnunams (V1,241 IMAM Maintenance Ownership RCWD Maifflenance (-4,000 Iin4* N RCWU hanzierro City 12.03 fin4u =z"r RCD 4: Total Length in Roseville: —2.3 miles (Gluek Ln to Little Lake Johanna) Project Length = —2,500 lin-ft (Red) Ramsey County Ditch 4 Existing Ditch 0 a I 'YAP It �11 0 Al fir. ,��• _ Qbi - f 0 Al fir. ,��• _ Qbi - S 4 •�`Y v, { -iv. 'i . r K Y "y h Ramsey County Ditch 4 Existing Ditch 0 _2805 -2823.... r Y .... .. - ,II '- - R TfFRRACE DR y TERRACE DR j c '1820 7648' it ��119J- �,i i I ILII OTHJ�R 'r -PROPER ib BE REDE�' v ::. 2770 - 2872 , 1720- �Ifi1119, -. 1146 2777 rr. 17FiQ �16501680 COUNTY 01TOH N07Z 1 = Our a. z 2736 _— y�2i2u 7607 1677- rm BOATER'S -OUTLET PROPERTY TO QE REDEVELOPED o r. iii. Ramsey County Ditch 4 Current Developments 9 i CT -F7--1 _ = = E BKV 1—TI — ,61m�vn °II Nuf� F0d L�1 — rw� NJ X41 t4lfav�IZ-A P51 _ �M, 6tl 1f141] W[ 4r°reuP.m� ..L000KS I.M1'IN SENIORm o MARTMENTS DOMINIUM 5 —. Olre C.II ww OVERALL SIZE uN ¢ C2-1 Twin Lakes Station 1. Senior Living - 277 units 2. Market Rate - 288 units 3. Commercial 2720-2740 Fairview 1. Isaac - 127 Units 2. Commercial Ramsey County Ditch 4 Current Developments 50 4 a "WI 0. ph I R -- Ramsey County Ditch 4 Current Developments J Ramsey County Ditch 4 Current Developments ���� xvxiSite DJ R _ SYNERRY sruoio, «c .. 111 _-wl td �.. i / 1 1. i rtN & R& ��^^I ww �.e�T. �.. - .,.nn� I ` Iii IL.�-*r •�...mnrnacnn nuammrvy r�'Ci`.S.i�n 1 � i' EN • .TbMYSMYV NOTE! �'--`-� u W ' uwe ..unwa - a�e��.-��s. T �•.�.a UrU Accu RR YNREM.N C4.Q Isaac Development (2720-2740 Fairview) 1. Senior Apts — 127 Units 2. Commercial Ramsey County Ditch 4 Ditch Design Rice Creek Watershed District — Drainage Authority • 103E — Ditch Law • Prescriptive Rights & Easements RESOLUTION No. 11758 RESOLUTION APPROVING PETITION FOR PARTIAL TRANSFER OF RAMSEY COUNTY DITCH 4 TO THE CITY OF ROSEVILLE, WHEREAS, on July 27, 2020, the City of Roseville approved a Cooperative Agreement with the Rice Creels Watershed District for the improvement of Ramsey County Ditch 4; and WHEREAS, as part of said agreement the City of Roseville agreed to have portions of Ramsey County Ditch 4 located within the City transferred to its jurisdictional control under Minn. Stat. §103E.812. Specifically, the portion of the main trunk south of Terrace Drive and the entirety of lateral 1 of Ramsey County Ditch 4.; and Ramsey County Ditch 4 Ditch Design Benefits • Reduced repair and maintenance costs associated with the open channel • Water quality improvements such as the reduction in downstream sediment delivery and subsequent reduction in maintenance at a District facility (Oasis Pond) • Increasing land area available for higher value land uses • Upstream floodplain reduction • Pond at Fairview and Cty Rd C high water elevations are lowered 0.28' for 100 yr storm, while Oasis only rises 0.10' • Public Safety Ramsey County Ditch 4 Ditch Design Ramsey Cou Ditch Design my Ditch 4 11 PRELIMINARY COST ESTIMATE y*—wfw -- OIIR *i, Uaftcost Quertrty cast MOBILIZATION LS $100,000 1 $100,000 84 -INCH RCP' LF $750 2,425 $1.818,750 IMPORTED FILL" CY $15 46,200 $693,000 INTAKES EA 55,000 6 $30.000 MANHOLES EA $50,000 4 $200,000 CONNECT TO EXISTING LATERAL EA $5,000 6 $30,000 CLEARING AND EROSION CONTROL LS $50.000 1 $50,000 Construction Cost $2,921,750 Contingency (25%) $730,438 Total Cost $3,652,188 'Replacing with a 6 -ft x 8 -ft RCBC is estimated to add an addiional $750,000 to the cost "Uti¢ing excess fill from adjacent land parcels (r available) may reduce this cost Ramsey County Ditch 4 Ditch Design Ramsey County Ditch 4 Ditch Design } ME .......... _.......... ■ PRELIMnN y II MW 1X0' CONCRETE BOX UH I ur'a f I i rn• n F - I —.T. } ME .......... _.......... ■ SITE4S'SS SNffl WdFCT NO. SSSSN85 30f 12 PRELIMnN y SITE4S'SS SNffl WdFCT NO. SSSSN85 30f 12 MW 1X0' CONCRETE BOX UH SITE4S'SS SNffl WdFCT NO. SSSSN85 30f 12 Ramsey County Ditch 4 Ditch Design UPDATED ESTIMATED PROJECT COST _— Unit Unit cost Quantity Cost Mobilization LS $100,000 1 $1001000 84" Steel -Reinforced Plastic LF $550 2,425 $1,333,750 Fill from Adjacent Site CY $3 46,2110 $138,600 Intakes EA $51DOO 6 $30.0110 Manholes EA $50.000 4 $200.400 Connect to Existing Lateral EA $5,000 6 $30.000 Seeding and Mulch (P) AC $2,077 5.1 $101593 Silt Fence, Type A LF $5 5,000 $25.000 Tree Clearing and Chipping (P) AC $8,646 5.1 $4.4,095 Construction Cost $11912;037 Condrigency (25%) $478,009 Engineering ('20%) $382,407 Total Cost $2,772,454 Ramsey County Ditch 4 Stormwater BMP Inventory o PRELIMINARY NKft,C ns fian ■%y xousro "'^' y °' " xoawnhA rtuvnGM+reir�a nury A E E=x::.Ex E Erxn R'JSFIIL =. ury pgOV EDSFE 5H[Ei oMPa NO, 5Ss Vn 3oE 10 Ramsey County Ditch 4 Ditch Project Funding 465 acres drain to open channel 1,700 acre total watershed BENEFITS SUMMARY Table 5. Summary of Benefits over a 100 -year Period Table 6. Costs Based on Apportionment of Benefits RCWD (Ad RCWD Water City of Total Stakeholder (Ad Management Roseville Landowner Benefit Valorem) District Drainage System Repair Cost $0 $456,601 $0 $0 $456,601 Avoidance Drainage System intense $25,000 $0 $0 $D $25,000 Maintenance Cost Reduction Annual Drainage System $941ODD s0 $0 $0 $94,000 Maintenance Cost Reduction District Facilities (Water Quality) $370.000 $0 $0 $0 $370,000 Management Cost Reduction Increase in Commercial $0 $0 $0 $2,319,214 $3,149,249 Property Value ;ity Greenway Value $0 $0 $830.035 $0 $0 )pstream Flood Plain Reduction $116,000 s0 $0 s0 $1113,000 Benefits Sum of Benefit $605,000 $456,601 $830,035 $2,319,214 $4,210,850 Table 6. Costs Based on Apportionment of Benefits RCWD (Ad Water City of yrakeholder Valorem) Management Roseville Landowner District Benefit Apportionment Percentage 14.446 0.8'='h 19.7% 55.1% Ramsey County Ditch 4 Trail Project Ramsey County Ditch 4 Trail Project 0 SOUIN 7RNL It�cF�H-+-F 11 IN WD EPIAN 6HE£T ae + 60 Ramsey County Ditch 4 Trail Project TRAIL PROJECT COSTS/OVERALL PROJECT COSTS RedevelopmentRamsey County Ditch �t Twin Lakes Area V�1111i,��y` s"' • r ' �I�ll►�p1 `�\1 1U s 1 _ a '1. August 2015 Ramsey County Ditch 4 Twin Lakes Area Redevelopment 171 # 7 7, t�N .s.,1f� J_ a ber 2016 Ramsey County Ditch 4 Twin Lakes Area Redevelopment ally 4; �r �f f � MrVVI August 2019 Ramsey County Ditch 4 Twin Lakes Area Redevelopment . MINI OIL r � _ ':yY 1t`Y- . 1" r h" '� I ?.T�*•+r t i- Jy'.� am r v " September 2020 Questions? Engineering Department Roseville Public Works, Environment and Transportation Commission Agenda Item Date: March 23, 2021 Item Description: Railroad Quiet Zone Study Background: Item No: 6 In response to numerous historic calls about train horn noise within and around the City of Roseville, staff commissioned a consultant to study the twelve at grade railroad crossings within the City of Roseville to determine what would be necessary to upgrade the crossings to meet Federal Rail Administration (FRA) standards for a quiet zone, where train horns would not be necessary. The resultant study is attached. Staff will provide a summary presentation at the meeting which will encompass the information in the first 44 pages of the report. The remaining pages are detailed crossing survey information for each crossing as well as the "Guide to the Quiet Zone Establishment Process" information guide from the FRA. Recommended Action: Receive a presentation on the Railroad Quiet Zone Study. Attachments: A: Quiet Zone Study Railroad Quiet Zone Study City of Roseville, Minnesota September 15, 2020 Ates to <�OLLIG inc engineering & environmental Railroad Quiet Zone Study September 15, 2020 Prepared for: City of Roseville, MN Prepared by: Bollig Inc Engineering & Environmental 1700 Technology Drive NE, Suite 124 Willmar, MN 56201 p: 320.235.2555 f: 320.222.3067 www.bollig-engineering.com REPORT CERTIFICATION I hereby certify that this report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed professional engineer under the laws of the state of Minnesota. David McKenzie, P.E. License No. 23106 9/15/2020 Date Railroad Quiet Zone Study Page i City of Roseville, MN CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................. 1 2.0 BACKGROUND...................................................................................................................3 3.0 RAILROAD CROSSING QUIET ZONES.................................................................................3 4.0 BACKGROUND ON FRA RULES.......................................................................................... 4 5.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVES................................................................................................ 8 6.0 CROSSING ANALYSIS AND ALTERNATIVES........................................................................ 9 8.0 POTENTIAL FUNDING SOURCES......................................................................................13 9.0 IMPLEMENTATION OF A QUIET ZONE............................................................................14 LIST OF TABLES Table 1: Railroad Crossings......................................................................................................... 2 APPENDIX A. List of Crossings B. Risk Assessment Calculation C. City of Roseville Railroad Crossings D. FRA Quiet Zone Brochure E. Summary of FRA Quiet Zone Rules F. Quiet Zone Flow Chart G. Stationary Horn H. US DOT Crossing Inventory Sheets Railroad Quiet Zone Study Page ii City of Roseville, MN 1.0 INTRODUCTION The purpose of this study is to evaluate the existing at -grade rail crossings in the City of Roseville regarding the potential to establish one or more Quiet Zones. Rail traffic and citizen complaints regarding train noise continue to be an issue in the City, particularly nighttime horn noise. A Quiet Zone is a potential long-term solution to improve the quality of life for the City's residents. Cities adjacent to Roseville have successfully implemented or have studied potential quiet zones. The City of New Brighton completed a study in 2018 and is pursuing funding options to implement multiple quiet zones. The Cities of Shoreview and Little Canada implemented quiet zones in 2015 and 2016. The City of St Paul has had quiet zones for many years. The objectives of this study are to document existing rail crossing characteristics, summarize Quiet Zone guidelines, determine a preliminary list of potential improvements to meet quiet zone guidelines, identify funding sources and provide information for the City to develop an implementation plan. This study is the first step in analyzing and implementing a quiet zone. Quiet Zones require coordination with the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), MnDOT, the County, private crossing users, and the City to provide accurate data for the inputs into the Quiet Zone Calculator. Conditions are constantly changing and current data (normally less than 1 year old) is needed. The next steps if the City identifies that quiet zones are the direction they would like to go, would be to schedule a diagnostic team field review to allow for all parties input into the process and update the data and risk indexes. This report reviews the 12 existing rail public crossings, 10 private crossings and 3 bridges over tracks in the City of Roseville. These crossings are listed in Table 1. Table 1 Railroad Crossings DC- Island circuit; MD- Motion Detection; CWT- Constant Warning Time Road Name Type RR Milepost Trains per Day ADT Warning Device North-South Line 463568P Terminal Road Public 0.00 4 3,720 Flashing lights signals; CWT 463562Y County Road C Public 0.52 4 10,800 Signals with gates, CWT 463563E County Road C2 Public 1.05 4 3,450 Signals with Gates; MD 463540Y County Road D (NB) Public 1.65 4 19,000 Flashing light signals; MD signal interconnect 463564M Long Lake Road spur Public 0.00 2 2,000 Flashing light signals ; MD 463560K Terminal Road - spur Public 0.00 1 3,720 Flashing lights signals, CWT East-West Line 061338C Walnut Street Public 2.35 1 3,950 Flashing light signals 0613391 Amoco Oil Private 2.96 2 Stop Signs 061340D Long Lake Road Public 3.10 2 4,800 Flashing Lights, CWT, short medians 061341K 1-35W Bridge 3.19 2 0613425 Cleveland Ave Public 3.28 2 9,400 Signals with gates; MD; short medians 923802A Prior Ave Public 3.54 2 1,600 Flashing light signals , MD; traffic interconnect 061346U Fairview Ave Public 3.80 2 13,200 Signals with gates; MD; traffic signal interconnect; short medians 061347B City of Roseville Private 3.89 2 Stop signs 061348H Snelling Ave Public 3.95 2 38,000 Signals with gates; MD; traffic interconnect; median on one side 061349P Animal Hospital Private 4.40 2 Stop signs 0613501 1480 Co Rd C Private 4.50 2 Stop Signs 061351R 1450 Co Rd c Private 4.56 2 Stop Signs 061352X 1430 Co Rd C Private 4.64 2 Stop Signs 061353E 1408 Co Rd C Private 4.66 2 Stop Signs 061354L 1380 Co Rd C Private 4.69 2 Stop Signs 061355T Hamline Ave Public 4.78 2 7,700 Signals with gates; MD; signal interconnect 061356A Lexington Ave Public 5.28 2 12,900 Flashing lights; CWT; signal interconnect 0613576 County Road C Bridge 5.56 2 061358N Victoria Ave Public 5.69 2 5,800 Flashing lights; MD 061359V Dale Street Public 6.44 2 1,950 Flashing light signals ; DC 061360P 562 S Owasso Private 6.62 2 Stop Signs; residential driveway 061361W 450 S Owasso Private 6.88 2 Stop signs; residential (2) driveway 061362D S. Owasso Blvd Public 7.38 2 1,550 1 Cross Bucks &Stop signs DC- Island circuit; MD- Motion Detection; CWT- Constant Warning Time 2.0 BACKGROUND The Minnesota Commercial Railway (MNNR) operates two rail lines through the City of Roseville. There is a north -south line which operates 2 to 4 trains per day at speeds of 10 miles per hour. They also operate a daily round trip train on an east - west line at speeds of 10 mile per hour. The north -south line has 4 public crossings; the east -west line has 10 public crossings. There are 3 other public crossings on industry spur lines. There are 4 different roadway authorities having jurisdiction over these crossings (Ramsey County, MnDOT, City of New Brighton, and City of Roseville). In the 1996 legislation, the federal government preempted local and state governments from regulating train horn noise. In 2005, after many years of investigation and rule making, final rules regulating train horn noise were adopted. There are 12 public grade crossings within the City that could be included in a federally approved railroad quiet zone. 3.0 RAILROAD CROSSING QUIET ZONES There are 12 public at grade crossings within the City. In the 1996 legislation, the federal government preempted local and state governments from regulating train horn noise. In 2005, after many years of investigation and rule making, final rules regulating train horn noise were adopted. There are 12 public grade crossings within the City that could be included in a federally approved railroad quiet zone. The FRA rules provide a mechanism to evaluate how the City may minimize the noise caused by the trains. The rules provide for communities to create quiet zones where trains are exempt from horn regulations. There can be multiple quiet zones in a community provided that each zone meets the criteria in the rules. This allows for phasing of quiet zones based on funding, local development, and jurisdictional issues. In addition to the improvements necessary on the railway and roadway components of an at -grade crossing, a Quiet Zone must be a minimum %:-mile in length, % -mile to each side of a crossing. If a second crossing is within that distance, the Quiet Zone must be expanded to include the second crossing. This requirement is based on the maximum distance from a crossing that a train horn may be sounded and the intention to maximize the impact of a Quiet Zone for a community. Eliminating a train horn at one crossing but not a second crossing, 1,000 feet away, would still mean that the area would experience train horns. There are three basic options for the City to reduce noise. 1. Permanently close or grade separate (bridge) the roadways from the tracks. 2. Install wayside or stationary horns at a crossing. 3. Comply with the FRA rules for a full-time or a nighttime quiet zone. Wayside or stationary horns are a relatively new technology that has recently been approved for general installation. The wayside horn replaces the train mounted horn with a horn mounted at the crossing. The wayside horn is activated by the crossing signal system. The Road Authority is generally responsible for installation and maintenance of the system. The noise level is comparable to a train horn, but it decreases the noise impact area. The stationary horn works well in non-residential areas, because the immediate area near the crossing is subjected to the full noise of the horn for 25 seconds, rather than a gradual increase as the train approaches. Although the wayside horn was authorized in the quiet zone rule packet, it is technically not in a quiet zone. It is considered the same risk level as a train mounted horn. The FRA quiet zone rules allow a community to establish a quiet zone, provided a series of conditions are met. The community has the option of a 24-hour per day zone or a nighttime (10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.) zone. The process of obtaining either one is the same. 4.0 BACKGROUND ON FRA RULES The FRA was directed in the early 1990s to establish national standards for locomotive horns at public grade crossings. After careful research, the FRA released draft rules in 2000. In December 2003, Interim Final Rules were issued, and on April 27, 2005, the Final Rules were adopted. These rules preempt any state or local laws related to locomotive train horns. The Final Rules have four distinct parts. Quiet zone issues dominate the rules and are of most interest to local communities, even though the three other parts will help to reduce noise impacts. The four sections are: 1. Railroads must sound the horn 15 to 20 seconds prior to a train's arrival at a grade crossing, but not more than one-quarter mile in advance of the crossing. 2. The rules describe a minimum and maximum volume level for a train horn. (96 dB (A) and 110d13 (A)). 3. The rules outline anew test procedure to determine horn compliance. 4. The rules have provisions for local communities to establish quiet zones, where railroads are exempt from blowing the locomotive horns. There are six types of quiet zones. Four of these quiet zone types provide for a transitional process for preexisting train horn bans. The City of Roseville does not meet these requirements. The two types of zones that the City meets are 1) a 24- hour quiet zone or 2) a partial nighttime quiet zone. The partial quiet zone would run from 10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. The requirements for either a full-time or partial nighttime quiet zone are the same. The City can choose which type to establish. Communities that have chosen the part-time zone reasoned that risk associated with no train horns were greatly reduced at night because of the decreased traffic volumes. The FRA has incorporated flexibility in the process to create quiet zones, but has also made the process complex. The concept utilizes a risk index approach that estimates expected safety outcomes. Risk is averaged over the railroad crossings in the proposed zone and compared to a national risk level called the National Significant Risk Threshold (NSRT). This risk analysis computes a Risk Index With Horns (RIWH) and a Quiet Zone Risk Index (QZRI). This analysis determines what crossing improvements are needed for a community to establish a quiet zone. At a minimum, all new quiet zones must have railroad signals with gates. The FRA has provided an Internet site (www.fra.dot.gov) to allow for the calculation of the QZRI and RIWH and NSRT, and is commonly called the Quiet Zone Calculator. (The current NSRT is 13,811 and is adjusted yearly.) There are different ways that a community can institute a quiet zone, and are based on the risk index approach. Each method may require the community to apply for different types of quiet zones. • A community can install supplemental safety measures (SSM) at each crossing. This would allow for automatic approval from the FRA. • If SSMs are impractical at every crossing, a risk analysis is calculated and if the RIWH is less than the NSRT, or if the QZRI is less than the RIWH, a quiet zone can be instituted without additional safety measures. • If the risk index cannot meet the FRA standards, the City can propose an Alternative Safety Measure (ASM) that the FRA will evaluate on an individual case basis. There are five predetermined engineering improvements, called supplementary safety measures (SSM) that can be used to lower the QZRI and bring a crossing(s) into automatic conformance with the rules. The five SSMs include the following: 1. One -Way Streets with Full Gate Coverage — One-way streets allow for the gate(s) to be placed on the approach lanes of traffic, and vehicles cannot go around the gates. Vehicles also cannot get trapped between the gates. 2. Nighttime Closure of a Crossing —The roadway would be closed by the use of some type of barricade(s) that can completely close off the crossing. This would be used only if a part-time quiet zone is requested. The closure must include a process that will verify that a crossing has been closed for the night. Other cities have used an automatic barricade that is locked into place and provides a warning light to the train that the crossing is closed. 3. Permanent Closure of the Crossing —This means that the roadway would be closed and barricaded permanently. The railroad signals and surface would be removed. Under the FRA risk computations, the closure allows a credit in the risk assessment that may allow other options at the remaining crossings in the zone. 4. Raised Center Medians — Raised center medians a minimum of 60 feet long (100 feet long preferred) are installed to prevent vehicles from driving around the gates. If the median is less than 6 inches tall, traffic delineators are required. If a roadway is of sufficient width, medians are relatively inexpensive to install. The disadvantage of medians is disruption to local access. Four Quadrant Gates — Four quadrant gates are regular railroad gates with two additional gates being added to the exit traffic lanes. This will completely close off the crossing. The exit gates are on a delay that will allow a vehicle to clear the crossing before descending. Traffic loop detectors may be required to detect if a vehicle is stopped on the tracks. The advantage of this SSM is that no additional roadway work is usually needed for the gates to be installed. The disadvantage is that there is a potential to trap a vehicle, they are expensive to install, the City may assume maintenance of the loop detectors and the City may be responsible for the extra maintenance for the extra gates. If SSMs or Risk Index level is insufficient, Alternate Safety Measures (ASM) can be proposed to the FRA for individual crossings. These ASMs can be non -engineering solutions, such as traffic enforcement, photo enforcement, or education programs. Other engineering solutions can be proposed if shown effective in improving safety. These may include different styles of medians or a new type of warning device. A community is required to provide documentation that an ASM is effective. This documentation may require video camera installation, review of police efforts to enforce crossing violations, or a record of public service announcements. The level of documentation is not well defined in the rules. The three most popular ASMs are: 1. Photo Enforcement of Traffic Violations —This is a system of cameras that monitor the railroad crossings and will issue traffic tickets to violators. In Minnesota, it is against state law to photo enforce traffic violations. 2. Increased Traffic Enforcement—This is a program that targets traffic violations near railroad crossings. The Quiet Zone submittal would outline and document what the City has done to enforce traffic violations. 3. Partial Center Medians —This is where full length medians are not possible on both sides and a median is installed on one side. The FRA will compute a partial risk reduction, based on the crossing improvements. Adjacent pedestrian crossings are not technically considered part of a Quiet Zone. Good practice and simple consideration for residents' safety suggest that options for the trails and sidewalks should be examined. The FRA also strongly recommends a diagnostic review for safety concerns and recommendations. At a minimum, signing should be provided warning pedestrians that there will be no train horn. Other potential improvements could include channelizing fencing to force pedestrians to look each way for oncoming trains, or provide roadway crossing gates on the sidewalk or trail. The rules also require that private at grade crossings be part of a quiet zone diagnostic review. The rules state the private crossing serving less than four residential properties or that have not public access can have pacify warning devices such as stop signs. The rules for warning devices for other commercial driveways are not well defined and are decided jointly by the FRA, the crossing owner, and the local government agency. The rules are silent on the liability to either the railroad or communities who enact quiet zones. In the record of decision, the FRA discusses railroad and community liability. On Page 66 of the record of decision, the FRA says "As for the public authority that creates a quiet zone in accordance with this part, FRA expects that courts will apply the standard of care set by this rule, inasmuch as any quiet zone established in accordance with this part will have been established in accordance with federal law and FRA's intention to preempt State laws expressly stated." This rule, in effect, establishes the standard of care for the creation of quiet zones and the sounding of train horns, providing reassurance both to railroads and communities that no plaintiff will prevail on the basis that an audible warning has been withheld. Further, this rule making does nothing to undermine the sovereign immunity of State and local governments, where they have asserted it. The FRA rules require communities to notify the FRA, the State Department of Transportation, and the railroad that they are interested in creating a quiet zone and provide a process for these interested parties to comment. The process has some built in time periods that take 4 to 6 months to implement. If signal work is required, a year or more is a normal time frame to implement a quiet zone. If SSMs are installed according to the rules at all crossings, the community will receive an automatic approval for a quiet zone. If ASMs or other exceptions are needed, the FRA review and approval will be needed. The rules encourage joint establishment of quiet zones where there are multiple roadway jurisdictions. Generally, on government agency will take the lead and coordinate the process. 5.0 PROPOSED ALTERNATIVES The following is a discussion regarding the feasibility of installing SSMs at each of the crossings. One-way streets and grade separations are impractical for the City of Roseville. 5.1 Center Medians Center medians have become a popular SSM alternative for local communities because they can be inexpensive compared to other SSM options and are easy to install. The rules require that the medians be raised and be a minimum of 100 feet long. In certain exceptions, medians can be shortened to 60 feet. If a median is less than 6 inches high, delineator signs must be installed on the median. 5.2 Four Quadrant Gates Four quadrant gates systems have two additional exit gates installed compared to a traditional signal system. These exit gates operate on a delay to the normal gates to allow vehicles to clear the crossing. The addition of the two exit gates requires a complete rewiring of the crossing circuitry and generally will require the installation of loop detectors in the pavement. Loop detectors would detect if a vehicle is stopped on the track and would keep the existing gate in the up position, so the vehicle is not trapped between two gates. The rewiring of the signal system is needed because the exit gate circuitry is complex and needs a new controller and additional battery backup capacity. The Railroad policy is that the Road Authority will be responsible for the installation and maintenance of the loop detectors and the two additional gates. Detailed cost estimates to upgrade are not available at this stage of a project but the cost will be around $350,000 to $450,000 plus maintenance costs of $2,000 to $3,000 per year per crossing. Complete new signal systems may be required. 5.3 Crossing Closure Permanent closure of a crossing is the removal of the crossing surface and roadway approaches. There are also provisions in the rules for temporary closures, usually based on time of day. The rules require that a positive indication to the railroad is required that the crossing barricades are in place. 5.4 Stationary Horns Wayside or stationary horns are a relatively new technology that has recently been approved for general installation. The wayside horn replaces the train mounted horn with a horn mounted at the crossing. The wayside horn is activated by the crossing signal system. The Road Authority is generally responsible for installation and maintenance of the system. The noise level is comparable to a train horn, but it decreases the noise impact area. The stationary horn works well in non-residential areas because the immediate area near the crossing is subjected to the full noise of the horn for 25 seconds, rather than a gradual increase as the train approaches. The wayside horn was authorized in the quiet zone regulations, but it is technically not in a quiet zone. It is considered the same risk level as a train mounted horn. Stationary horn costs range from $100,000 to $150,000, plus a monthly maintenance cost. 6.0 CROSSING ANALYSIS AND ALTERNATIVES There are 12 at grade crossings within the City. The FRA rules require that a multiple crossing quiet zone must be on same corridor and have similar characteristics to be combined into a quiet zone. The following is a detailed look at the improvements needed for each crossing. Assuming the warning devices had signal with gates and CWT, a risk index under 13,811 allows for a quiet zone without any other improvements. 6.1 North-South Rail Line 1. Terminal Road (DOT#463568P) Terminal Road in an east -west roadway in an industrial area of southwest Roseville. The roadway is 4 lanes. The warning devices consist of cantilever flashing light signals with DC circuitry. The risk index is 10,862. Improvements needed would be a conversion to gates and center medians. This could be a standalone zone or combined with the County Road C crossing. Cost range is $125,000 to $200,000. 2. County Road C (DOT #4635621) County Road C is a Ramsey County roadway that is currently being rebuilt. The new roadway section will be five lane divided section. The land use is primarily industrial. The warning devices were upgraded in2019 to cantilever signals and gates with CWT. The risk index is 21,930. Minor median work may be needed to bring the crossing into SSM compliance. 3. County Road C2 ( DOT #463563F) The County Road C2 crossing is under the City of Roseville. It is a 3 -lane roadway with short medians on each approach. The warning devices are cantilever signals with gates installed in 2019 with an island circuitry. The risk index is 7,936. The land use is primarily industrial. Improvements would be to lengthen the medians and upgrade the circuitry to CWT. Cost would be $25,000 to $50,000. 4. County Road D ( DOT #463540Y) County Road D is a 4 -lane roadway under Ramsey County jurisdiction. The warning devices is cantilever signals with flashing lights. The risk index is 25,469. The City of New Brighton included this into their 2018 quiet zone study. They proposed to install wayside horns at a cost of about $770,000. Bollig could not confirm how this number was arrived at, but it appears high. The cost would be $400,000 to $450,000. 5. Long Lake Road (DOT#463540M) Long Lake Road is a 3 -lane road section. The warning devices are cantilever signals. This is a lightly used spur track. If included into a quiet zone, the signals would need to be upgraded to gates. The risk index is 2,022. The cost would be $50,000 to $75,000. 6. Terminal Road (DOT#463560K Terminal Road is an east -west road in the southwest portion of the City and is a lightly used spur track. The warning devices are flashing light signals. The risk index is 3,131. The signals would need to be upgraded to gates and medians added. The cost would be $50,000 to $75,000. 6.2 East West Rail Line 1. Walnut Street (DOT #061338C) Walnut Street is a 4 -lane roadway with a trail on the west side. The warning devices are flashing light signals. The track is at the end of the rail line and is used as a switching track into an industry. Train traffic is very low. The risk index is 4,823. The warning device system would need to be upgraded to gates. The cost would be $175,000 to $200,000. 2. Long Lake Road (DOT#061340D) Long Lake Road is a 3 -lane roadway in an industrial area. The existing warning devices are cantilever signals. There are short medians on both crossing approaches. The risk index is 6,336. The improvements needed would be an upgrade of the signal system and to extend the medians. The lengthening of the median on the north side of the track is complicated by the driveway access point in the northwest quadrant. 3. Cleveland Avenue (DOT #061342S) Cleveland Avenue is a 5 -lane roadway. The warning devices are cantilever signals with gates and motion detector circuitry. The risk index is 13,284. There is a discrepancy in the State and Federal data bases over the age of the signal system and the circuitry. The existing medians are short and lengthening them would be a challenge based on the closeness of Rosegate Avenue and the Burger King Drive. The cost would be $50,000 to 75,000. 4. Prior Avenue (DOT #923802A) Prior Avenue is a local street that accesses several businesses on the south of the track. The existing warning devices are flashing light signals. The railroad signals are interconnected with the traffic signals on County Road C. The risk index is 4,036. The warning system will need to be replaced with a gate system. The location of the gates may require realigning to the roadways. The cost would be $175,000 to $225,000. 5. Fairview Avenue (DOT #061346U) Fairview is a 6 -lane roadway very close to County Road C. The existing warning device is cantilever signals with gates and motion detectors. The railroad signal system is connected with the traffic signals at County Road C. The risk index is 16,153. Improvements would include upgrade of circuitry and possibly 4 quadrant gates or stationary horns. The cost would be $200,000 to $300,000. 6. Snelling Avenue (DOT #061348H) Snelling Avenue is MnDOT Highway 51 and is a 7 -lane divided highway. The warning devices are cantilever signal with gates and motion detectors. The railroad signals are interconnected with the highway signals at County Road C. The risk index is 22,669. The improvements would upgrade the circuitry and cost between $100,000 and $150,000. 7. Private Crossings between Snelling Avenue and Hamline Avenue There are 6 private crossings between Snelling and Hamline. All crossings have stop signs for warning devices. Trains do not normally sound their horn for private crossings. The rules require the FRA to provide input into what would be appropriate warning devices. The users would also need to be in agreement. 8. Hamline Avenue (DOT #061335T) Hamline is a 3 -lane roadway. The warning devices are cantilever signals with gates and CWT. The risk index is 9,234. The land use is primarily residential. The railroad signal system is connected with the traffic signals at County Road C. Improvements would upgrade the circuitry and install medians. The improvements would cost $100,000 to $150,000. 9. Lexington Avenue (DOT #061356A) Lexington Avenue is a 3 -lane roadway. The warning devices are cantilever signals with gates and CWT. The risk index is 13,700. The land use is primarily residential. The railroad signal system is connected with the traffic signals at County Road C. The improvements would be to upgrade the signal system to add gates and install medians. The improvements would cost between $100,000 and $150,000. 10. Victoria Avenue (DOT #061358N) Victoria is a 4 -lane roadway. The warning devices are cantilever signals with flashing lights. The risk index is 8,220. The land use is primarily residential. The County is planning roadwork in the area but according to MnDOT the railroad signals will not be changed. The improvements would be replacing the signal system with cantilevers and gates. The cost would be $175,000 to $200,000. 11. Dale Street (DOT #061359V) Dale Street is a 2 -lane roadway with a trail on the east side. The warning devices are flashing light signals. The risk index is 4,377. The improvements would be to replace the signal system with flashing lights and gates. The cost would be $175,000 to $200,000. 12. South Owasso Boulevard (DOT#061362D) South Owasso Boulevard is a 2 -lane roadway with crossbucks and stop signs. The risk index is 2,653. Placement of gates is complicated by private driveway that is in the northeast quadrant. The improvements would be installation of flashing lights and gates and possible road realignment. The improvements would cost $200,000 to $250,000. 7.0 RISK ANALYSIS The FRA has developed a risk analysis to evaluate proposed quiet zones. The analysis is based on their national crossing inventory and accident databases. The accident prediction model uses 12 criteria to determine the probability and severity of a vehicle -train crash at each crossing. Using these calculations, a National Significant Risk Threshold (NSRT) and an individual Risk Index with Horns (RIWH) can be developed. The FRA have also compared crossings that have had quiet zones in-place with non -quiet zone crossings and have developed a QZRI and an effectiveness rating for each type of SSM. Using their Quiet Zone Calculator, these various index numbers are computed and provide the basis for what needs to be done at each crossing in order for a community to obtain a Quiet Zone. Appendix B has the quiet zone calculator results from the FRA website. Risk is averaged over the railroad crossings in the proposed zone and compared to a National Significant Risk Threshold level (NSRT). This risk analysis computes a Risk Index with Horns (RIWH) and a Quiet Zone Risk Index (QZRI). This analysis determines what crossing improvements are needed for a community to establish a quiet zone. At a minimum, all new quiet zones must have railroad signals with gates. Appendix D is a process flow chart that outlines the steps needed to obtain a quiet zone. There are different ways that a community can institute a quiet zone, based on the risk index approach. • Install supplemental safety measures at each crossing • If the RIWH is less than the NSRT • If the QZRI is less than the RIWH 8.0 POTENTIAL FUNDING SOURCES A Quiet Zone is not considered to be a safety improvement, but is characterizedas a quality of life improvement. Therefore, funding sources specifically for the creation of a Quiet Zone do not exist. The focus for funding should instead be on programs that support the improvement of the infrastructure, either the road, the tracks, or both. When considering the improvement of at -grade crossings, there are some potential funding sources available. 8.1 Federal Funding Programs Most federal funding programs are targeted for safety programs administered through MnDOT. 8.2 State Funding Programs MnDOT works in cooperation with counties, cities, townships, and railroads to improve the railroad -highway transportation infrastructure in order to support economic growth and connect Minnesota to global opportunities under the Railroad -Highway Grade Crossing Safety Improvement Program. The following types of projects are eligible for funding under this program: - Various types of signals and signal upgrades. - Crossing closures and consolidations. - Improving sight conditions by removal of visual obstructions. - Improving roadway geometrics and/or grades. The three criteria used to judge worthy projects are high hazard locations (high speed, high vehicle volumes and speeds, crash history, etc.), local concerns (geometric characteristics thatplace additional demand on driver decision making), and signal age (antiquated equipment). South Owasso Boulevard and Dale Street would be good candidates for these programs. 8.3 County/City Funding Programs Innovative finance techniques are available that have been successful in other areas for funding the necessary improvements for a Quiet Zone. Such techniques previously used include: - Special Benefit Assessments/Property Tax Reassessments The value of a Quiet Zone in making a community more livable and attractive should have the effect of increasing local property values. Train horns are only one factor influencing the value of property in a community, but are likely to be more significant the closer the property is to an at -grade crossing. The increased property value from a Quiet Zone could be reflected in a special assessment district established around the Quiet Zone or in property assessments. - Local contributions 8.4 Additional Funding Sources Some other cities in Minnesota have been able to work with the state legislature to obtain money for Quiet Zone projects through bonding bills. These funds are not through a specific program but based upon projects that the lawmakers deem necessary enough to borrow money for completion. An infrastructure bonding bill has been passed almost every year since 1962. Previously, Shoreview, Little Canada and Eden Prairie have attained funds through this process. 9.0 IMPLEMENTATION OFA QUIET ZONE Phasing of quiet zones is a process where a community can group the crossings based on spacing, similar land use characteristics, safety and funding considerations. Phasing can get complicated, but many communities have successfully implemented multiple quiet zones. The City should consider the following series of questions to decide how to implement a quiet zone: 1. Should the quiet zone be nighttime only? The rules allow two different types of quiet zones: a 24 hour or a nighttime. The rules are the same, but some communities have shown a reluctance to suspend the train horns during the heavy roadway or pedestrian traffic periods of the day. 2. Should each crossing have SSM installed? Supplemental Safety Measures are very effective but the way the rules are written, communities can average the risk among all the crossings so some may not have any improvements at all and still meet the requirements. The City needs to weigh the risk of no horns and no improvements at some of the crossings. Could partial SSMs be installed? If not all the crossings have SSMs at the implementation stage, these improvements could be incorporated into future roadway or redevelopment projects. 3. How are the crossings spaced? Spacing of the crossings is important since the quiet zone boundary is % mile either side of a crossing, so if another crossing is within that zone, it also must be included in the same quiet zone. The decision on phasing is a local decision. • Potential Phasing of Quiet Zones The phasing of quiet zones requires a careful consideration of the rules but also cost and maximizing the benefit. The following are preliminary phasing options: o N-1 County Road C and County Road C2 o N-2 County Road D o N-3 Terminal Road (both crossings) o N-4 Long Lake Road (spur) o W-1 South Owasso Blvd, Dale Street and Victoria Ave o W-2 Lexington Ave, Hairline Ave, Snelling Ave, and Fairview Ave o W-3 Prior Ave, Cleveland Ave, and Long Lake Road o W-4 Walnut Street • Next Steps The next steps would be to prioritize which crossings would be good candidates for a quiet zone(s). This would be based on funding, costs, and benefits to the City. After that, a field diagnostic evaluation with FRA, MnDOT County the Railroad and the City would be conducted to verify information and discuss options. The diagnostic study would define the scope of work on what is required to implement a quiet zone. APPENDIX A. List of Crossings B. Risk Assessment Calculation C. City of Roseville Railroad Crossings D. FRA Quiet Zone Brochure E. Summary of FRA Quiet Zone Rules F. Quiet Zone Flow Chart G. Stationary Horn H. US DOT Crossing Inventory Sheets Master list of Crossings Railroad Quiet Zone ( Minnesota Commercial Railroad) Roseville MN DOT No Road Name Type RR Milepost Mof trains/day Speed ADT Mof Traffic Lanes Roadway Speed Crashes last Warning Device 5yegrs Risk Index Improvement Estimate Cost of Improvements Comments North-South Line 463568P Terminal Road Public 0.00 4 10 3,720 2 30 0 Hashing lights signals, CWT 10,862 Upgrade to gates 125,000-200,000 463562Y County Road Public 0.52 4 10 10,800 6 35 0 Signals with gates, CWT 21,930 Adjust medians 25,000-50,000 463563F County Road C2 Public 1.05 4 10 3,450 2 35 0 Signals with Gates, DC 7,936 Upgrade circuitry; Extend enter median 25,000-50,000 463540Y County Road D BNB) Public 1.65 4 10 19,000 5 35 0 Hashing light signals, MD signal interconnect 25,469 Upgrade to gates 250,000-300,000 463564M Long lake Road spur Public 0.00 2 10 2,000 2 30 Hashing light signals; MD 2,022 Upgrade to gates 50,000 75,000 4635608 Terminal Roatl-spur Public 0.00 1 10 3,720 2 30 Hashing lights signals, CWT 3,131 Upgrade to gates 50,000-75,000 Ea rt- West Line 061338C Walnut Street Public 2.35 1 10 3,950 4 40 0 Hashing light signals 4,823 Replace with gates 175,000-200,000 tale track 0613391 Amoco Oil Private 2.96 2 10 Stop Signs 0 Upgrade passive signing 5,000 No public access 061340D Long Lake Road Public 3.10 2 10 4,800 2 40 0 Flashing Lights, CWT, short medians 6,336 Upgrade to gates, 75,000-100,000 0613418 I 35 Bridge 3.19 2 10 N/A 0613425 Cleveland Ave Public 3.28 2 10 9,400 5 30 0 Signals with gates, MD, short medians 13,284 Upgrade circuitry to CWT; lengthen median 25,000-50,000 923802A PriorAve Public 3.54 2 10 1,600 2 30 0 Hashing light signals, MU traffic interconnect 4,036 Replace with gates 175,000-225,000 South frontage road challenge 061346U Fairview Ave Public 3.80 2 10 13,200 3 40 0 Signals with gates, MD, traffic signal interconnect, short medians 16,153 Upgrade circuitry 200,000 300,000 061347B City of Roseville Private 3.89 2 10 Stop signs Upgrade passive signing 5,000 061348H SnellingAve Public 3.95 2 10 38,000 7 50 0 Signals with gates, MD, traffic interconnect, median on one 22,669 Upgrade circuitry 100,000,150,000 061349P Animal Hospital/Dentistry Private 4.40 2 10 Stop signs Upgrade passive signing 5,000 0613501 1480CoRdC Private 4.50 2 10 Stop Signs Upgrade passive signing Access top 2 buildings, Snelling Service Drive signal 061351R 1450 Co Rd Private 4.56 2 10 Stop Signs Upgrade passive signing 061352% 1430 Co Rd Private 4.64 2 10 Stop Signs Upgrade passive signing 061353E 1408 Co Rd Private 4.66 2 10 Stop Signs Upgrade passive signing 061354L 1380 Co Rd C(Carlson) Private 4.69 2 10 Stop Signs Upgrade passive signing 061355T Hamline Ave Public 478 2 10 7,700 3 35 cantilever Signals with gates, MU signal interconnect 9,234 Upgrade circuitry; install medians 100,000 150,000 061356A Lexington Ave Public 5.28 2 10 12,900 4 40 Cantilever Flashing lights, CWT; signal interconnect 13,700 Upgrade signal system, install medians 100,000 150,000 061357G County Road Bridge 5.56 2 10 N/A 061358N Victoria Ave Public 5.69 2 10 5,800 4 40 Hashing lights, MD 8,220 Replace signal system 175,000-200,000 County roadway project in 2020/21 061359V Dale Street Public 6.44 2 10 1,950 2 25 Hashing light signals; DC 4,377 Replace signal system 175,000-200,000 061360P 562SOwasso Private 6.62 2 10 Stop Signs, residential driveway Upgrade passive signing 5000 061361W 450SOwasso Private 6.88 2 10 Stop signs, residential (2) driveway Upgrade passive signing 5,000 061362D S. Owasso BNtl Public 7.38 2 10 1,550 2 30 0cress bucks & Stop signs 2,653 New railroad signal system wi h gates 200,000-250,000 Sitleroad to the east lsan 0613638 Rice Street Bridge 7.65 2 10 N/A [ E,.!§;; %y 0 c ,;.:E |§l;qiA § E !!£ i! •■ \)\\\\ { � � :;;;|■ �!)z|�q§ § ) } J (\ \) E,.!§;; c § ) } J (\ \) E,.!§;; ,;.:E |§l;qiA i! •■ § ) } J (\ \) reEava9cC@[ \\\\\\\\\\e{\ § \\ /( \) � f | § \\ /( \) u LA Railroad Crossing in Roseville MN ad 0 V x Langton y LaUe 3 Park C z }C m U _ Midland Hills Country Club fe Oasis Fork Fv_ cl�La Il Jo Aphihe 1='a rk Roseville Lake Owasso, County 5 z m I > Gentral Park ro C Q C45u my R- Rad B W Re %rvo l l Abuds Park 1.1 of MN II %m -lawn dl ll.a Fa rk Terminal Road DOT # 463568P/463560K 1! 1111 _ i u 3 'A. ��r _ -1 �' !� -� .. 4 i '. 'i f% 4 V -� 4 i 'i f% 4 V County Road C2 DOT # 463563E �1 �`�, � 1 1 � -� L � �` �� .�� _ r;: rs , n ,�� �. � �-+� �` _ i-_ �- �,:_. _�� �jti- I • _ Long Lake Road DOT # 463564M �'' � � � �� ��. tt., � yl t`• e� � � f M t' `" _ / �� i �,�. �* �✓ key I� � �i ( - �� �/ =x-, � r� T i l � ,� rk,�. ' r �, �� _ c �; .. / � ,r, s , s J i -� // / � � Walnut Street DOT # 061338C 11 41 a a -All r -� A� �, Long Lake Road DOT # 061340D N Cleveland Avenue DOT # 061346U J r } NNII ,• yT _. , 7� A' 1 /a 1 y Al y 7 Prior Avenue DOT #923802A �' s -. ,� -,,. L. \� '�` 3 � 9 ---s �� T A l � _.. ^ �� � � _ � i � ' .. � `�T ` �;�� ,.... �1 i ,t 1 - _. ,. � w � !. 9 ' � "'� ��� �%. � Fairview Avenue BIG] 9:111.73 M, [11. _u - sAQ- 7+ � 16A Rt h Fla • m Snelling Avenue DOT #061348H S 9iL n _ p s ir�li» nlniiwp�s � Hamline Avenue DOT #061355T - f Lexington Avenue DOT #061356A .. _ I (YAC �.Lr ��^ iF.'• �� a 11, Victoria Avenue DOT 061358N � r '4i - ,�A �, �., ��t s,� - W c -1'S J �'w.b -` �1 _ - �- X41 y _,��� k Ty � � c,.,. w-.�r�'�, .: r= •- 5 v r ..^ < -. .���. `- �^]��rS !.�- h. - - � � +4., 1... � Y �� A � � 1 ..�. // y J ,�. �� :. _ ,fi .rc�4.. � h� �1 _ - �- X41 y _,��� k Ty $ E"..' � c,.,. w-.�r�'�, .: r= "i 5 v r ..^ < -. Dale Street DOT #061359V v s r South Owasso Blvd DOT # 061362D �a1 ov iPq% 19 e �osTq�. "NO TRAIN HORN 10 Federal Railroad Administration 1200 New Jersey Avenue 5. E. Washington, DC 20590 Telephone: 202493-6299 www.tra.doteov Purpose of the Guide This brochure was developed to serve as a guide for local decision makers seeking a greater understanding of train horn sounding requirements and how to establish quiet zones. Its purpose is to provide a general overview and thus does not contain every detail about the quiet zone establishment process. For more detailed and authoritative information, the reader is encouraged to review the official regulations governing the use of locomotive horns at public highway -rail grade crossings and the establishment of quiet zones that are contained in 49 CFR Part 222. A copy of the rule can be downloaded or printed at http://www.fra.dot.gov/e Lib/Details/1_02809. NO TRAIN HORN About Quiet Zones FRA is committed to reducing the number of collisions at highway -rail grade crossings, while establishing a consistent standard for communities who opt to preserve or enhance quality of life for their residents by establishing quiet zones within which routine use of train horns at crossings is prohibited. Federal regulation requires that locomotive horns begin sounding 15-20 seconds before entering public highway -rail grade crossings, no more than one-quarter mile in advance. Only a public authority, the governmental entity responsible for traffic control or law en- forcement at the crossings, is permitted to create quiet zones. A quiet zone is a section of a rail line at least one-half mile in length that contains one or more consecutive public highway -rail grade crossings at which locomotive horns are not routinely sounded when trains are approaching the crossings. The prohibited use of train horns at quiet zones only applies to trains when approaching and entering crossings and does not include train horn use within passenger stations or rail yards. Train horns may be sounded in emergency situations or to comply with other railroad or FRA rules even within a quiet zone. Quiet zone regulations also do not eliminate the use of locomotive bells at crossings. Therefore, a more appropriate description of a designated quiet zone would be a "reduced train horn area." Communities wishing to establish quiet zones must work through the appropriate public authority that is responsible for traffic control or law enforcement at the crossings. Historical Context Historically, railroads have sounded locomotive horns or whistles in advance of grade crossings and under other circumstances as a universal safety precaution. Some States allowed local communities to create whistle bans where the train horn was not routinely sounded. In other States, communities created whistle bans through informal agreements with railroads. In the late 1980's, FRA observed a significant increase in nighttime train -vehicle collisions at certain gated highway -rail grade crossings on the Florida East Coast Railway (FEC) at which nighttime whistle bans had been established in accordance with State statute In 1991, FRA issued Emergency Order #15 requiring trains on the FEC to sound their horns again. The number and rate of collisions at affected crossings returned to pre -whistle ban levels. In 1994, Congress enacted a law that required FRA to issue a Federal regulation requiring the sounding of locomotive horns at public highway -rail grade crossings. It also gave FRA the ability to provide for exceptions to that requirement by allowing communities under some circumstances to establish "quiet zones." The Train Horn Rule became effective on June 24, 2005. The rule set nationwide standards for the sounding of train horns at public highway -rail grade crossings. This rule changed the criteria for sounding the horn from distance -based to time -based. It also set limits on the volume of a train horn. The rule also established a process for communities to obtain relief from the routine sounding of train horns by providing criteria for the establishment of quiet zones. Locomotive horns may still be used in the case of an emergency and to comply with Federal regulations or certain railroad rules. i! Public Safety Considerations Because the absence of routine horn sounding increases the risk of a crossing collision, a public authority that desires to establish a quiet zone usually will be required to mitigate this additional risk. At a minimum, each public highway—rail crossing within a quiet zone must be equipped with active warning devices: flashing lights, gates, constant warning time devices (except in rare circumstances) and power out indicators. In order to create a quiet zone, one of the following conditions must be met 1. The Quiet Zone Risk Index (QZRI) is less than or equal to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold (NSRT) with or without additional safety measures such as Supplementary Safety Measures (SSMs) or Alternative Safety Measures (ASMs) described below. The QZRI is the average risk for all public highway -rail crossings in the quiet zone, including the additional risk for absence of train horns and any reduction in risk due to the risk mitigation measures. The NSRT is the level of risk calculated annual- ly by averaging the risk at all of the Nation's public highway -rail grade crossings equipped with flashing lights and gates where train horns are routinely sounded. 2. The Quiet Zone Risk Index (QZRI) is less than or equal to the Risk Index With Horns (RIWH) with additional safety measures such as SSMs or ASMs. The RIWH is the average risk for all public highway -rail crossings in the proposed quiet zone when loco- motive horns are routinely sounded. 3. Install SSMs at every public highway -rail crossing. This is the best method to reduce to reduce risks in a proposed quiet zone and to enhance safety. SSMs are pre -approved risk reduction engineering treatments installed at certain public highway -rail crossings within the quiet zone and can help maximize safety benefits and minimize risk. SSMs include: medians or channelization devices, one-way streets with gates, four quadrant gate systems, and temporary or permanent crossing closures. Exam- ples of SSMs are shown on the next page. ASMs are safety systems, other than SSMs, that are used to reduce risk in a quiet zone. ASMs typically are improvements that do not fully meet the requirements to be SSMs and their risk reduction effectiveness must be submitted in writing and approved by FRA. FRA strongly recommends that all crossings in the quiet zone be reviewed by a diagnostic team. A diagnostic team typically consists of representatives from the public authority, railroad, and State agency responsible for crossing safety and FRA grade crossing managers. F1 Public Safety Considerations continued Examples of SSMs 151. Crossing Closure Four Quadrant Gate System rn Lag : g„ I Gates with Channelization Devices Gates with Medians 4 Wayside Horns The train horn rule also provides another method for reducing the impact of routine locomotive horn sounding when trains approach public highway -rail grade crossings. A wayside horn may be installed at highway -rail grade crossings that have flashing lights, gates, constant warning time devices (except in rare circumstances), and power out indicators. The wayside horn is positioned at the crossing and will sound when the warning devices are activated. The sound is directed down the roadway, which greatly reduces the noise footprint of the audible warning. Use of wayside horns is not the same as establishing a quiet zone although they may be used within quiet zones. Cost Considerations The enabling Federal statute did not provide funding for the establishment of quiet zones. Public authorities seeking to establish quiet zones should be prepared to finance the installation of SSMs and ASMs used. Costs can vary from $30,000 per crossing to more than $1 million depending on the number of crossings and the types of safety improvements required. Legal Considerations The courts will ultimately determine who will be held liable if a collision occurs at a grade crossing located within a quiet zone, based upon the facts of each case, as a collision may have been caused by factors other than the absence of an audible warning. FRXs rule is intended to remove failure to sound the horn as a cause of action in lawsuits involving collisions that have occurred at grade crossings within duly established quiet zones. Ly The Quiet Zone Establishment Process Under the Train Horn Rule, only public authorities are permitted to establish quiet zones. Citizens who wish to have a quiet zone in their neighborhood should contact their local government to pursue the establishment of a quiet zone. The following is a typical example of the steps taken to establish a quiet zone: 1. Determine which crossings will be included in the quiet zone. All public highway -rail crossings in the quiet zone must have, at a minimum, an automatic warning system consisting of flashing lights and gates. The warning systems must be equipped with constant warning time devices (except in rare circumstances) and power out indicators. The length of the quiet zone must be at least one-half mile in length. 2. Identify any private highway -rail grade crossings within the proposed quiet zone. If they allow access to the public or provide access to active industrial or commercial sites, a diagnostic review must be conducted and the crossing(s) treated in accordance with the recommendations of the diagnostic team. 3. Identify any pedestrian crossings within the proposed quiet zone and conduct a diag- nostic review of those crossings too. They also must be treated in accordance with the diagnostic team's recommendations. NOTE: While it is not required by the regulations, FRA recommends that every crossing within a proposed quiet zone be reviewed for safety concerns. 4. Update the U.S. DOT Crossing Inventory Form to reflect current physical and operating conditions at each public, private, and pedestrian crossing located within a proposed quiet zone. 5. Provide a Notice of Intent (NOI) to all of the railroads that operate over crossings in the proposed quiet zone, the State agency responsible for highway safety and the State agency responsible for crossing safety. The NOI must list all of the crossings in the proposed quiet zone and give a brief explanation of the tentative plans for implementing improvements within the quiet zone. Additional required elements of the NOI can be found in 49 CFR 222.43(b). The railroads and State agencies have 60 days in which to provide comments to the public authority on the proposed plan. 6. Alternative Safety Measures — If ASMs are going to be used to reduce risk, an application to FRA must be made. The application must include all of the elements provided in 49 CFR 222.39(b)(1) and copies of the application must be sent to the entities listed in 49 CFR 222.39(b)(3). They will have 60 days to provide comments to FRA on the application. FRA will provide a written decision on the application typically within three to four months after it is received. F The Quiet Zone Establishment Process continued 7. Determine how the quiet zone wil I be established using one of the following criteria: (Note that Options 2 through 4 will require the use of the FRA Quiet Zone Calculator available at http://safetvdata.fra.dot.gov/quiet/.) 1. Every public highway -rail crossing in the proposed quiet zone is equipped with one or more SSMs. 2. The Quiet Zone Risk Index (QZRI) of the proposed quiet zone is less than or equal to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold (NSRT) without installing SSMs or ASMs. 3. The QZRI of the proposed quiet zone is less than or equal to the Nationwide Significant Risk Threshold (NSRT) afterthe installation of SSMs orASMs. 4. The QZRI of the proposed quiet zone is less than or equal to the Risk Index with Horns (RIWH) after the installation of SSMs or ASMs. 8. Complete the installation of SSMs and ASMs and any other required improvements determined by the diagnostic team at all public, private, and pedestrian crossings within the proposed quiet zone. 9. Ensure that the required signage at each public, private, and pedestrian crossing is installed in accordance with 49 CFR Sections 222.25, 222.27, and 222.35, and the standards outlined in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. These signs may need to be covered until the quiet zone is in effect. 10. Establish the quiet zone by providing a Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment to all of the parties that are listed in 49 CFR Section 222.43(a)(3). Be sure to include all of the required contents in the notice as listed in 49 CFR Section 222.43(d). The quiet zone can take effect no earlier than 21 days after the date on which the Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment is mailed. ***Appendix C to the Train Horn Rule provides detailed, step by step guidance on how to create a quiet zone.*** Required Documentation Public authorities interested in establishing a quiet zone are required to submit certain documentation during the establishment process. FRA has provided checklists for the various documents that can be found at http://www.fra.dot.gov/Elib/Details/L03055. FRA's Regional Grade Crossing Managers are available to provide technical assistance. A State's department of transportation or rail regulatory agency also may be able to provide assistance to communities pursuing quiet zones. Public authorities are encouraged to consult with the agencies in their State that have responsibility for crossing safety. Some States may have additional administrative or legal requirements that must be met in order to modify a public highway -rail grade crossing. Role of Railroads Communities seeking to establish a quiet zone are required to send a Notice of Intent and a Notice of Quiet Zone Establishment to railroads operating over the public highway -rail grade crossings within the proposed quiet zone. Railroad officials can provide valuable input during the quiet zone establishment process and should be included on all diagnostic teams. Listed below are links to the Class I Railroads and Amtrak. BNSF Railway (BNSF) Canadian Pacific (CP) CSX Transportation (CSX) Norfolk Southern (NS) Canadian National (CN) Union Pacific (UP) Kansas City Southern (KCS) Amtrak (ATK) The information contained in this brochure is provided as general guidance related to the Quiet Zone Establishment Process and should not be considered as a definitive resource. FRA strongly recommends that any public authority desiring to establish quiet zones take the opportunity to review all aspects of safety along its rail corridor. Particular attention should be given to measures that prevent trespassing on railroad tracks since investments made to establish a quiet zone may be negated if the horn has to be routinely sounded to warn trespassers. n POINTS OF CONTACT General Questions: Inga Toye, 202-493-6305 Debra Chappell, 202-493-6018 Ron Ries, 202-493-6285 Regional Contacts Region 1 Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Rhode Island, and Vermont 1-800-724-5991 Region 2 Delaware, Maryland, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Virginia, West Virginia , and Washington, D.C. 1-800-724-5992 Region 3 Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee 1-800-724-5993 Region 4Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, and Wisconsin 1-800-724-5040 Region 5 Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas 1-800-724-5995 Region 6 Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, and Nebraska 1-800-724-5996 Region 7 Arizona, California, Nevada, and Utah 1-800-724-5997 Region 8 Alaska, Idaho, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming 1-800-724-5998 �a1 OF TRAN4 19 e ��oNtq��o Rail — Moving America Forward The mission of the federal Railroad Ad min istation is to enable the safe, glia ble, and efficient movement of people and goods for a strong America, now and in thefuture. U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Railroad Administration 1200 New J ersey Avenue S.E. Washington, DC 20590 Telephone: 202-493-6299 www.fra.dot.gov Follow FRA on Facebook and Twitter September M13 THE "TRAIN HORN" FINAL RULE Summary 1. overview: The Final Rule on Use of Locomotive Horns at Highway -Rail Grade Crossings, published in the Federal Register on April 27, 2005, is intended to: Maintain a high level of public safety; Respond to the varied concerns of many communities that have sought relief from unwanted horn noise; and Take into consideration the interests of localities with existing whistle bans. • Currently, state laws and railroad operating rules govern use of the horn at highway -rail grade crossings. When this rule takes effect, it will determine when the horn is sounded at public crossings (and private crossings within "quiet zones"). • This Final Rule was mandated by laws, and was issued by the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) after consideration of almost 1,400 public comments on the Interim Final Rule (IFR) (68 FR 70586) published December 18, 2003. • Consistent with the statutory mandate requiring its issuance, the rule requires that locomotive horns be sounded at public highway -rail grade crossings, but provides several exceptions to that requirement.2 • Local public authorities may designate or request approval of, quiet zones in which train horns may not be routinely sounded. The details for establishment of quiet zones differ depending on the type of quiet zone to be created (Pre -Rule or New) and the type of safety improvements implemented (if required). • Horns may continue to be silenced at Pre -Rule Quiet Zones, provided certain actions are taken. • Intermediate Quiet Zones (whistle bans that were implemented after October 9, 1996 but before December 18, 2003) may continue to have the horns silenced for one year (until June 24, 2006), provided certain actions are taken. After which time they must comply with the provisions for a New Quiet Zone if the horns are to remain silent. 149 U.S.C. 20153. Disclaimer: This is a summary of the Final Rule for initial briefing purposes only. Entities subject to the rule should refer to the rule text as published in the Federal Register on April 27, 2005. • The rule goes into effect on June 24, 2005. • Pre -Rule Quiet Zones in the six county Chicago region are excepted from the provisions of this rule pending further evaluation of the data 2. Requirement to sound the locomotive horn: • Outside of quiet zones, railroads must sound the horn 15-20 seconds prior to a train's arrival at the highway -rail grade crossing, but not more than 1/4 mile in advance of the crossing. Note: Most State laws and railroad rules currently require that the horn be sounded beginning at a point 1/4 mile in advance of the highway -rail grade crossing and continued until the crossing is occupied by the locomotive. Under the rule, for trains running at less than 45 mph, this will reduce the time and distance over which the horn is sounded. This will reduce noise impacts on local communities. The pattern for sounding the horn will remain, as it currently exists today (two long, one short, one long repeated or prolonged until the locomotive occupies the highway -rail grade crossing). Locomotive engineers may vary this pattern as necessary where highway -rail grade crossings are closely spaced; and they will also be empowered (but not required) to sound the horn in the case of an emergency, even in a quiet zone. The rule addresses use of the horn only with respect to highway -rail grade crossings. Railroads remain free to use the horn for other purposes as prescribed in railroad operating rules on file with FRA, and railroads must use the horn as specified in other FRA regulations (in support of roadway worker safety and in the case of malfunctions of highway -rail grade crossing active warning devices). The rule prescribes both a minimum and maximum volume level for the train horn. The minimum level is retained at 96 dB(A), and the new maximum will be 110 dB(A). This range will permit railroads to address safety needs in their operating territory (see discussion in the preamble). The protocol for testing the locomotive horn will be altered to place the sound -level meter at a height of 15 feet above top of rail, rather than the current 4 feet above the top of the rail. Cab -mounted and low -mounted horns will continue to have the sound -level meter placed 4 feet above the top of the rail. Note: The effect of this change will be to permit center -mounted horns to be "turned down" in some cases. The previous test method was influenced by the "shadow Disclaimer: This is a summary of the Final Rule for initial briefing purposes only. Entities subject to the rule should refer to the rule text as published in the Federal Register on April 27, 2005. effect' created by the body of the locomotive to indicate a lower sound level than would otherwise be expected several hundred feet in front of the locomotive (where the crossing and approaching motorists are located). • The effect of these changes will reduce noise impacts for 3.4 million of the 9.3 million people currently affected by train horn noise. 3. Creation of quiet zones: • The rule provides significant flexibility to communities to create quiet zones, both where there are existing whistle bans and in other communities that heretofore have had no opportunity to do so. • The Final Rule permits implementation of quiet zones in low-risk locales without requiring the addition of safety improvements. ✓ This concept utilizes a risk index approach that estimates expected safety outcomes (that is, the likelihood of a fatal or non-fatal casualty resulting from a collision at a highway -rail crossing). ✓ Risk may be averaged over crossings in a proposed quiet zone. ✓ Average risk within the proposed quiet zone is then compared with the average nationwide risk at gated crossings where the horn is sounded (the "National Significant Risk Threshold" or "NSRT"). FRA will compute the NSRT annually. The effect of this approach is that horns can remain silenced in over half of Pre -Rule Quiet Zones without significant expense; and many New Quiet Zones can be created without significant expense where flashing lights and gates are already in place at the highway -rail grade crossings. If the risk index for a proposed New Quiet Zone exceeds the NSRT, then supplementary or alternative safety measures must be used to reduce that risk (to fully compensate for the absence of the train horn or to reduce risk below the NSRT). The Final Rule— ✓ Retains engineering solutions known as "supplementary safety measures" for use without FRA approval. ✓ Retains explicit flexibility for the modification of "supplementary safety measures" to receive credit as "alternative safety measures." For instance, Disclaimer: This is a summary of the Final Rule for initial briefing purposes only. Entities subject to the rule should refer to the rule text as published in the Federal Register on April 27, 2005. shorter traffic channelization arrangements can be used with reasonable effectiveness estimates. ✓ Adds a provision that provides risk reduction credit for pre-existing SSMs and pre-existing modified SSMs that were implemented prior to December 18, 2003. ✓ Continues education and enforcement options, including photo enforcement, subject to verification of effectiveness.3 • The public authority responsible for traffic control or law enforcement at the highway -rail grade crossing is the only entity that can designate or apply for quiet zone status. • FRA will provide a web -based tool for communities to use in performing "what if' calculations and preparing submissions necessary to create or retain quiet zones. The tool may be found athttp://www.fra.dot.gov. • In order to ensure proper application of the risk index, the National Highway -Rail Crossing Inventory must be accurate and complete. In the absence of timely filings to the Inventory by the States or Railroads, local authorities may file updated inventory information, and railroads must cooperate in providing railroad -specific data. • FRA regional personnel will be available to participate in diagnostic teams evaluating options for quiet zones. • Once a quiet zone is established (including the continuation of Pre -Rule or Intermediate Quiet Zones pending any required improvements), the railroad is barred from routine sounding of the horn at the affected highway -rail grade crossings. • See below for discussion of Pre -Rule Quiet Zones and New Quiet Zones. 3The rule neither approves nor excludes the possibility of relying upon regional education and enforcement programs with alternative verification strategies. FRA is providing funding in support of an Illinois Commerce Commission -sponsored regional program. The law provides authority for use of new techniques when they have been demonstrated to be effective. Disclaimer: This is a summary of the Final Rule for initial briefing purposes only. Entities subject to the rule should refer to the rule text as published in the Federal Register on April 27, 2005. Horns may continue to be silenced at Pre -Rule Quiet Zones if— The average risk at the crossings is less than the NSRT; or The average risk is less than twice the NSRT and no relevant collisions have occurred within the past 5 years; or The community undertakes actions to compensate for lack of the train horn as a warning device (or at least to reduce average risk to below the NSRT). Train horns will not sound in existing whistle ban areas if authorities state their intention to maintain "Pre -Rule Quiet Zones" and do whatever is required (see above) within 5 years of the effective date (June 24, 2005) (8 years if the State agency provides at least some assistance to communities in that State). A "Pre -Rule Quiet Zone" is a quiet zone that contains one or more consecutive grade crossings subject to a whistle ban that has been actively enforced or observed as of October 9, 1996 and December 18, 2003. To secure Pre -Rule Quiet Zone status, communities must provide proper notification to FRA and other affected parties by June 3, 2005 and file a plan with FRA by June 24, 2008 (if improvements are required). Disclaimer: This is a summary of the Final Rule for initial briefing purposes only. Entities subject to the rule should refer to the rule text as published in the Federal Register on April 27, 2005. New Quiet Zones may be created if— All public highway -rail grade crossings are equipped with flashing lights and gates; and either— ✓ After adjusting for excess risk created by silencing the train horn, the average risk at the crossings is less than the NSRT; or ✓ Supplemental Safety Measures are present at each public crossing; or ✓ Safety improvements are made that compensate for loss of the train horn as a warning device (or at least to reduce average risk to below the NSRT). Detailed instructions for establishing or requesting recognition of a quiet zone are provided in the regulation. 4. Length of quiet zones: Generally, a quiet zone must be at least '/z mile in length and may include one or more highway -rail grade crossings. Pre -Rule Quiet Zones may be retained at the length that existed as of October 9, 1996, even if less than '/z mile. A Pre -Rule Quiet Zone that is greater than '/z mile may be reduced in length to no less than '/z mile and retain its pre -rule status. However, if its length is increased from pre -rule length by the addition of highway -rail grade crossings that are not pre -rule quiet zone crossings, pre -rule status will not be retained. 5. Supplementary and alternative safety measures: Supplementary safety measures are engineering improvements that clearly compensate for the absence of the train horn. If employed at every highway -rail grade crossing in the quiet zone, they automatically qualify the quiet zone (subject to reporting requirements). They also may be used to reduce the average risk in the corridor in order to fully compensate for the lack of a train or to below the NSRT. ✓ Temporary closure used with a partial zone; ✓ Permanent closure of a highway -rail grade crossing; ✓ Four -quadrant gates; Disclaimer: This is a summary of the Final Rule for initial briefing purposes only. Entities subject to the rule should refer to the rule text as published in the Federal Register on April 27, 2005. ✓ Gates with traffic channelization arrangements (i.e., non -mountable curb or mountable curb with delineators) at least 100 feet in length on each side the crossing (60 ft. where there is an intersecting roadway); ✓ One-way Street with gate across the roadway. Alternative safety measures may be applied such that the combination of measures at one or more highway -rail grade crossings reduces the average risk by the required amount across the quiet zone (so-called "corridor approach"). ✓ Any modified supplementary safety measure (e.g., barrier gate and median; shorter channelization); or ✓ Education and/or enforcement programs (including photo enforcement) with verification of effectiveness; or ✓ Engineering improvements, other than modified SSMs; or ✓ Combination of the above. • The rule provides that pre-existing SSMs and pre-existing modified SSMs will be counted towards risk reduction. 6. Recognition of the automated wayside horn: • The rule authorizes use of the automated wayside horn at any highway -rail grade crossing with flashing lights and gates (inside or outside a quiet zone) as a one-to-one substitute for the train horn. • Certain technical requirements apply, consistent with the successful demonstrations of this technology. • The Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) has issued an interim approval for the use of wayside horns as traffic control devices. Communities interested in employing this option should contact FHWA to ensure that they comply with the provisions of the interim approval. 7. Special circumstances: • A community or railroad that views the provisions of the rule inapplicable to local circumstances may request a waiver from the rule from FRA. • A railroad or community seeking a waiver must first consult with the other party and seek agreement on the form of relief. If agreement cannot be achieved the party may still request the relief by a waiver, provided the FRA Associate Administrator determines that a joint waiver petition would not be likely to contribute significantly to public safety. Disclaimer: This is a summary of the Final Rule for initial briefing purposes only. Entities subject to the rule should refer to the rule text as published in the Federal Register on April 27, 2005. • FRA grants waivers if in the public interest and consistent with the safety of highway and railroad users of the highway -rail grade crossings. 8. Summary of major changes to the Interim Final Rule • The final rule provides a one-year grace period to comply with New Quiet Zone standards for communities with pre-existing whistle bans that were in effect on December 18, 2003, but were adopted after October 9, 1996. These communities are considered "Intermediate" Quiet Zones under the final rule. • The final rule addresses quiet zones that prohibit sounding of horns during the evening and/or nighttime hours. These are referred to as Partial Quiet Zones. • The final rule requires diagnostic team reviews of pedestrian crossings that are located within proposed New Quiet Zones and New Partial Quiet Zones. • The final rule requires quiet zone communities to retain automatic bells at public highway -rail grade crossings that are subject to pedestrian traffic. • The final rule extends "recognized State agency" status to State agencies that wish to participate in the quiet zone development process. • The final rule contains a 60 -day comment period on quiet zone applications. • The final rule requires public authorities to provide notification of their intent to create a New Quiet Zone. During the 60 -day period after the Notice of Intent is mailed, comments may be submitted to the public authority. • The final rule provides quiet zone risk reduction credit for certain pre-existing SSMs. • The final rule provides quiet zone risk reduction credit for pre-existing modified SSMs. • The final rule contains a new category of ASMs that addresses engineering improvements other than modified SSMs. Additional information, including the full text of the Final Rule, the Final Environmental Impact Statement, and background documents, are available athttp://www.fra.dot.gov. Disclaimer: This is a summary of the Final Rule for initial briefing purposes only. Entities subject to the rule should refer to the rule text as published in the Federal Register on April 27, 2005. Chart 3 - Creating a New Quiet Zone or New Partial Quiet Zone using SSMs Obtain QZ must be at Install gates and Select crossings cooperation from least 1/2 mile lights at all public for inclusion in Q all affected long crossings Draft jurisdictions zPvt xings with iblic access and/ pedestrian xings included? i Jpdate Nation@ Inventoryto reflect existing conditions Submit notification of Intent to Create New QZ QZRI < NSR1 no no Install SSMs yes SMs at ever public Xing? no QZRI <RIWI OR OZRI < NSRI Conduct Comply with diagnostic team diagnostic team's review recommendations Disclaimer: This summary of the rule is for informational purposes only. Entities subject to the rule should refer to the rule text as published in the Federal Register on April 27, 2005. Should any portion of this summary conflict with the rule, the language of the rule shall govern. established on thin subject to annual tido ubmit notification, silent horns, and install signage at all crossings lend affirmation and updates inventory form to FRA every 2.5-3 yrs �b Update National Submit NotDmstall Sem = silence horns,nveInventory signage at all a cb ubmit notification, silence tiC Update National aaa Inventoryl�horns, and install signage install signage at all crossings Ws established on the basis of ASM use comparison with NSRT are subject to annual review requires FRA approval affirmation and updates Rory form to FRA every 4.5-5 yrs Send affirmation and update( inventory form to FRA every 2.5-3 yrs Wayside Horns The implementation of a Quiet Zone is one method of eliminating a train horn at a rail crossing. Another method of potentially eliminating train horns is through the installation of wayside horns at a crossing. Wayside horns are mounted on either side of a rail crossing and face down the road at oncoming traffic. The wayside horn is sounded instead of the train horn when a train approaches. While the train horn is eliminated, the noise associated with a rail crossing is not. Instead, the noise becomes localized and results in an overall reduction in noise in an area. The reduction in noise is achieved through the directional nature of the wayside horn. The sound is concentrated down the road rather than throughout the surrounding area. See attached figure for a concept comparison of noise between a standard train horn and a typical wayside horn. As shown, a train horn has a greater impact area and is louder in comparison with a typical wayside horn system. Although not considered an SSM for a Quiet Zone, a wayside horn the rail crossing must be equipped with flashing lights and gates; a constant warning time device, if reasonably practical; and a power -out indicator and the following conditions: The horn system must sound at a minimum of 15 seconds prior to the train's locomotive arrival at the crossing and while the lead locomotive is traveling across the crossing. It is permissible for the horn system to begin to sound simultaneously with activation of the flashing lights or descent of the crossing arm. The horn system must be equipped with an indicator or other system to notify the locomotive engineer as to whether the wayside horn is operating as intended in sufficient time to enable the locomotive engineer to sound the locomotive horn for at least 15 seconds prior to arrival at the crossing in the event the wayside horn is not operating as intended. The railroad must adopt an operating rule, bulletin, or special instruction requiring that the train horn be sounded if the wayside horn indicator is not visible approaching the crossing The horn system must provide a minimum sound level of 92 dB(A) and a maximum of 110 dB(A) when measured 100 feet from the centerline of the nearest track. Decibel adBA) Contour Map Reamed Tracks Wayside Horn �cibel(dBA) CorpWr Map ]0 Rwsoad Tracks o zscsao' yam' U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) R Railroad ❑ Transit R Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 463568P Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. R In TERMINAL RD 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE MSAS219 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost NON 1 0000.00 ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Rsvl ❑ None MAIN IND LEAD (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station ST PAUL R N/A R N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger R Highway R At Grade (if Private Crossing) R Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day R Public El Pathway, Ped. El FIR Under El Yes El Intercity Passenger El Shared Use Transit El Less Than One Per Day El Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial R Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes R No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source R N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0135060 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.2004840 R Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F0886 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' BY OLD DUTCH BY OLD DUTCH 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day ❑ 6 4 0 6 0 0 How many trains per week? 2. year of Train Count Data(YYYY) 3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) 0 Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection ❑AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring R yes El No ❑ yes R No ❑ yes R No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ yes I'd yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 2 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ® LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance I'd Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 10 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 2 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) 09 2008 ❑ Not Required ❑ yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) ❑ yes Ed No 2 © No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ® No (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ yes- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ yes— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' Ed None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 3 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 09 2008 —Width* 10 Length' 64 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D yes ❑ No If yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 500 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° ©yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 30 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ® (7) Local (AA 7. Annual Average Daily TrafficDT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 002000 3720 20 % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) R Railroad ❑ Transit R Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 463562Y Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. ©In WCO RDC 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE CSAH 23 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost NON 1 0000.00 ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Roseville ❑ None MAIN IND LEAD (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A MNNR 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger R Highway R At Grade (if Private Crossing) R Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day R Public El Pathway, Ped. El FIR Under ❑ yes El Intercity Passenger El Shared Use Transit El Less Than One Per Day El Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial R Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes R No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source R N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0205600 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1975860 R Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-1217 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day ❑ 4 0 4 0 0 How many trains per week? 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) 0 Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection ❑AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes R No R yes ❑ No ❑ yes R No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) El Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ®All Approaches ®Median El Yes I'd Yes D No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ®No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 1 Flashing Light Pairs ® 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ® LED Roadway 3 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance I'd Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 12 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad © Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) 12 2019 ❑ Not Required ❑ yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) ❑ yes Ed No 2 © No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ yes- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ yes— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street ❑ Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 5 D Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ yes ® No nearest roil) © yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 06 2019 —Width* 10 Length' 88 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D yes ❑ No If yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 50 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° ©yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 45 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " © (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ® (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 015300 10200 10 % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day ❑yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) R Railroad ❑ Transit R Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 463563F Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. ©In WCO RD C2 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE MSAS216 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost NON 1 0000.00 ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None rsvl ❑ None MAIN LEAD (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A MNNR 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger R Highway R At Grade (if Private Crossing) R Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day R Public El Pathway, Ped. El FIR Under ❑ yes El Intercity Passenger El Shared Use Transit El Less Than One Per Day El Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial R Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes R No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source R N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0278010 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1952490 R Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F1412 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM)0 One Movement Per Day El 10 4 0 2 _ 0 How many trains per week? 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection ❑AFO ❑ PTC R DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring R yes Eb No ❑ yes R No ❑ yes R No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 03/2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ©Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ®All Approaches ®Median El Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ®No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 2 Flashing Light Pairs ® 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ® LED Roadway 2 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance I'd Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 4 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) 11 2019 ❑ Not Required ❑ yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) ❑ yes Ed No 1 © No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ yes- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ yes— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' Ed None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street ❑ Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 D Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 05 1998 —Width* 10 Length' 48 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' ❑ yes D No If yes, Approximate Distance(feet) ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° ©yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 30 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ® (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 002860 3450 10 % ❑yes I'd No Average Numberper Day ❑yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) R Railroad ❑ Transit R Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 463540Y Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. ©In WCO RDD 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1 *(Block Number) ❑ Near NEW BRIGHTON CSAH 19 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost NON 1 0000.00 ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None belt ❑ None MAIN LEAD (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A MNNR 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger R Highway R At Grade (if Private Crossing) R Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day R Public El Pathway, Ped. El FIR Under ❑ yes El Intercity Passenger El Shared Use Transit El Less Than One Per Day El Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential R Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes R No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source R N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0355350 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1927300 R Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-1415 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day ❑ 2 4 0 2 0- 0 How many trains per week? 2. year of Train Count Data(YYYY) 3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time © Motion Detection ❑AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes R No ❑ yes R No ❑ yes R No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ❑ No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 11 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) © Not Required El Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El Yes ®No 1 ©No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ® No (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? ElNot Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording © For Traffic Signals D Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection © Yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' Ed None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 5 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) © Yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 05 2000 —Width* 10 Length' 98 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 200 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 35 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " © (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ® (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 018400 19000 10 % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) R Railroad ❑ Transit R Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 463564M Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. R In LONG LAKE RD 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE MSAS217 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost NON 1 0000.00 ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Belt ❑ None STONE LEAD (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A MNNR 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger R Highway R At Grade (if Private Crossing) R Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day R Public El Pathway, Ped. El FIR Under ❑ yes El Intercity Passenger El Shared Use Transit El Less Than One Per Day El Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial R Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes R No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source R N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0346960 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1952400 R Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-1874 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 _ 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 5 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 5 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 0 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 1 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time © Motion Detection E1AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring R yes El No ❑ yes R No ❑ yes R No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 06/2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ yes I'd yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ® None ®No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs ©yes El No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 8 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 2 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) 06 2014 ❑ Not Required ❑ yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) ❑ yes Ed No 1 © No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ yes- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ yes— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' Ed None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 4 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 05 1998 —Width* 10 Length' 60 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber IN 6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D yes ❑ No If yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 200 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° ©yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 40 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ® (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 003720 10 % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) R Railroad ❑ Transit R Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 463560K Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. R In TERMINAL RD 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE MSAS219 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost NON 1 0000.00 ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Rsvl district ❑ None BOISE HILL (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station ST PAUL R N/A R N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger R Highway R At Grade (if Private Crossing) R Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day R Public El Pathway, Ped. El FIR Under El Yes El Intercity Passenger El Shared Use Transit El Less Than One Per Day El Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial R Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes R No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source R N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0133570 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.2033530 R Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-1897 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day ❑ 0 0 1 _ 0 How many trains per week? 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 5 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 5 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 0 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 1 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection ❑AFO ❑ PTC R DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes R No ❑ yes R No ❑ yes R No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 06/2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed © Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes ❑ No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ®No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs 19 Yes El No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 2 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance I'd Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 10 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 1 ©No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ® No (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' Ed None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 4 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber IN 6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 200 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 40 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ® (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2010 AADT 003720 10 % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061338C Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In WALNUT ST 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE MSAS227 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0000.00 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) D None ❑ None Hugo ❑ None Hugo 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ROSEVILLE © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial D Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0182417 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.2051778 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-1051 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 1 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC D DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring © yes El No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 08/2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 2 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ® LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance I'd Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 4 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required El Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El Yes ®No 1 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 4 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 06 2016 —Width* 10 Length' 48 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete IN 5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 40 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ® (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 004000 3950 10 % ❑Ves I'd No Average Numberper Day ❑Ves El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061339J Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In AMOCO OIL 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE private _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0002.96 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Hugo District ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A AMO 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day ❑ Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day © Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over © No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial D Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0188620 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1960300 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 _ 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time © Motion Detection E1AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 08/2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 El Yes D No 2 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ yes I'd yes D No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count ®yes El No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 2 Flashing Light Pairs ® 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ® Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 2 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 4 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) 02 1994 ❑ Not Required ❑ yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) ❑ yes Ed No 1 © No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ® No (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ yes- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ yes— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' Ed None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ yes ® No nearest roil) © yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 02 1994 —Width* 24 Length' El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' ❑ yes D No If yes, Approximate Distance(feet) ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° ©yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System Ed (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1988 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 5 j 0� 2019 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061340D Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In LONG LAKE ROAD 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE MSAS217 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0003.10 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Hugo district ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0191790 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1928690 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-1052 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 _ 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) 0 Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection E1AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring © yes 0 No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. ReDate (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 2018 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) El Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ®All Approaches ®Median El Yes I'd Yes D No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ® None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ® Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 8 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) 07 2005 ❑ Not Required ❑ yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) ❑ yes Ed No 1 © No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ® No (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ yes- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ yes— Vehicle Presence Detection © yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' Ed None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ yes ® No nearest roil) © yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete IN 5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D yes ❑ No If yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 500 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° ©yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 40 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ® (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 004980 4800 10 % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 8 j 2� 2010 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061341K Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In 135W 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE 135W _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes ❑ No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0003.19 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ROSEVILLE ❑ N/A ❑ N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway ❑ At Grade (if Private Crossing) ❑ Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. © RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes ❑ No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source ❑ N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0197300 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1889980 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day ❑ 0 2 0 0 _ How many trains per week? 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 0 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding_ yard _ Transit Industry 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection ❑AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes El No ❑ yes ❑ No ❑ yes ❑ No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 Inventory Number (7 char.) 2010 0D. 61341 sing Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 El Yes D No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ❑ No ® No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 0 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 0 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? ElNot Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street ❑ Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes _ ❑ Divided Traffic ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' ❑ Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance(feet) ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ❑ 60°-90° El Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1970 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day 0 El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061342S Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In CLEVELAND AVE N 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE CSAH 46 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0003.28 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None hugo District ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0200020 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1872890 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-1053 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day _O__Z_ 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time © Motion Detection E1AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 08/2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 N W10-3 1 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ©Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ®All Approaches El Median El Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ® 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 2 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 6 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 2 ©No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ® No (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? ElNot Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording © For Traffic Signals D Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection © Yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' Ed None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 5 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 30 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ® (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 009600 9400 10 % ❑Ves I'd No Average Numberper Day ❑Ves El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) R Railroad ❑ Transit R Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 923802A Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. R In PRIOR AVE 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE MSAS234 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes R No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0003.54 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None hugo ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 218 ROSEVILLE © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger R Highway R At Grade (if Private Crossing) R Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day R Public El Pathway, Ped. El FIR Under ❑ yes El Intercity Passenger El Shared Use Transit El Less Than One Per Day El Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential R Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes R No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source R N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.020731 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.182083 R Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F1817 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 2 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time © Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes R No ❑ yes R No ❑ yes R No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ®W10-3 2 ❑ W10-11 ©yes ❑ No 0 0 19 W10-2 2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ yes I'd yes D No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ®No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs ©yes El No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type R8-8 Count 3 Specify Type Count ❑ yes ❑ No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 2 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ® LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance I'd Back Lights Included Ed Side Lights 6 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) 01 2007 ❑ Not Required ❑ yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) ❑ yes Ed No 1 © No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 0 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ® No (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? ElNot Interconnected ❑ yes- Photo/Video Recording © For Traffic Signals D Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ yes— Vehicle Presence Detection © yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' Ed None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 08 2006 —Width* 10 Length' 56 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D yes ❑ No If yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° ©yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 30 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ® (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 001600 10 % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061346U Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In FAIRVIEW AVE 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE CSAH 48 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0003.80 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None hugo district ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0210720 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1770890 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-1054 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 _ 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time © Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 08/2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©yes ❑ No 0 0 19 W10-2 2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ©Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ®All Approaches El Median El Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 1 Flashing Light Pairs ® 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ® LED Roadway 3 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance I'd Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 8 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad © Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) 06 2005 ❑ Not Required ❑ yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) ❑ yes Ed No 2 © No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? ElNot Interconnected ❑ yes- Photo/Video Recording © For Traffic Signals D Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ yes— Vehicle Presence Detection © yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 6 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ yes ® No nearest roil) © yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 05 2006 —Width* 10 Length' 85 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D yes ❑ No If yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 50 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° ©yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 40 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ® (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 015300 13200 10 % ®yes El No Average Numberper Day 5 El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 3� 2017 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061347B Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In City of Roseville I _ (Street/Rood Nome) I*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE private _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0003.89 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None hugo District ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day ❑ Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under © yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day © Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day 0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial D Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0210070 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1747970 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 2 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection E1AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other D None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A.30/2017 Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 2 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes ❑ No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count ®Ves El No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 0 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 0 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 1 ❑ Divided Traffic ❑ Yes ® No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' ® 1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System Ed (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1988 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061348H Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In N SNELLING AVE 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE MNTH 51 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0000.00 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Hugo ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0207140 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1669420 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-0582 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 2 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time © Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 08/2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 4 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 0 19 W10-2 4 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ©Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ®All Approaches ®Median El Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs 19 Yes El No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type R10-6 Count 1 —El El No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 1 Flashing Light Pairs ® 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 3 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ® LED Roadway 4 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 10 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad © Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) © Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 2 ©No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? ElNot Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording © For Traffic Signals D Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection © Yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' Ed None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street ❑ Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 7 D Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) © Yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 05 2010 —Width* 10 Length' 115 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 50 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ® Yes ❑ No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " © (03) Federal AID, Not NHS Ed (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Trafflc(A DTT 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 035700 02 % ®Yes El No Average Numberper Day 9 ❑Ves El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 25j12_1 2019 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061349P Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In RSVL ANIMAL HOSP 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE private _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0004.40 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Hugo district ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL D N/A D N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day ❑ Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under © yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day © Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0206140 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1644400 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day _O_Z__ 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other D None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. g Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 05/1Revisio0/201 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 El Yes D No 0 2 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes ❑ No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ® No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 0 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 0 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street ❑ Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber ® 2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System Ed (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1988 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 12_122_1 2019 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061350J Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. ©In 1480 CO RDC 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE private _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0004.50 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Hugo district ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL D N/A D N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day ❑ Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under © yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day © Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.020851 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.163741 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 _ 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2019 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other D None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM .RevisionDate (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. CrosJ sing Inventory Number (7 char.) Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 2 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes ❑ No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count ®Ves El No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 0 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 0 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) © Yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber ® 2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System Ed (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1988 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 12_122_1 2019 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061351R Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. ©In 1450 CO RDC 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE private _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0004.56 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Hugo District ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL D N/A D N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day ❑ Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under © yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day © Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.020574 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.161741 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 _ 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection E1AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other D None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM .Revi iog Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 Inventory Number (7 char.) 0D. 61351 Rng Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 2 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes ❑ No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count ®Ves El No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 0 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 0 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber ® 2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System Ed (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1988 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 12_122_1 2019 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061352X Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In 1430 COUNTY RDC 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE private _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0004.64 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None hugo district ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL D N/A D N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day ❑ Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under © yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day © Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0205550 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1604220 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 _ 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other D None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM .Revi iog Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 2 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes D No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ® None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count ®Ves El No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 0 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 0 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber ® 2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System Ed (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1988 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 12_122_1 2019 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061353E Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In 1408 CTY RDC 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE private _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0004.66 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None hugo district ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL D N/A D N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day ❑ Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under © yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day © Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0205090 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1597420 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 _ 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other D None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM Date (MM/DD/YYYY) 0 PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 92018 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 2 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes ❑ No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count ®Ves El No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane U ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway U ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights U Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane U ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No U ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count U Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber ® 2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System Ed (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1988 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 1� 2� 2019 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061354L Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In 1380 CTY RDC 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE CARLSON _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0004.69 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Hugo District ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL D N/A D N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day ❑ Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under © yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day © Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0204840 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1586910 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 _ 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection E1AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other D None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes © No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM .RevisionDate (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 2 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes ❑ No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count ®Ves El No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 0 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 0 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber ® 2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System Ed (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1988 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 25j12_1 2019 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061355T Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In HAMLINE AVE N 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE CSAH 50 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0004.78 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None Hugo ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm D Residential ❑ Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0204130 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1568270 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-1082 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 2 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time © Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring © yes El No ❑ yes ❑ No ❑ yes ❑ No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. g Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 05/1Revisio0/201 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 3 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 0 19 W10-2 2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 2 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 9 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 2 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) © Not Required El Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El Yes ®No 1 ©No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 2 Specifytype SIDELIGHT 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? ElNot Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording © For Traffic Signals D Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection © Yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street ❑ Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 3 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) © Yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 05 1999 —Width* 10 Length' 45 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete IN 5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 200 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 35 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ® (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 008800 7700 05 % ®Yes El No Average Numberper Day 19 ❑Ves El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 2L_j0� 2017 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061356A Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In LEXINGTON AVE N 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE CSAH 51 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0005.28 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None hugo ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm D Residential ❑ Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0201050 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1466550 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-0356 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 2 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 2. Yearof Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) 0 Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring © yes El No ❑ yes ❑ No ❑ yes ❑ No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. ReDate (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 2017 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ® None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs 19 Yes El No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ® Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 9 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) © Not Required El Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El Yes ®No 1 ©No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? ElNot Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording © For Traffic Signals D Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection © Yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 4 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) © Yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 05 1991 —Width* 10 Length' 95 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete IN 5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 40 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " © (03) Federal AID, Not NHS Ed (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 014200 05 % ®Yes El No Average Numberper Day 31 El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number jj_j1� 2017 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061358N Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In VICTORIA AVE N 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE CSAH 52 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0005.69 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None hugo ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm D Residential ❑ Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0203720 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1383820 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F-1055 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 2 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time © Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring © yes El No ❑ yes © No ❑ yes © No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 1A1 /17/2017 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 0 19 W10-2 2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 8 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 2 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) © Not Required El Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El Yes ®No 1 ©No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 3 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 08 2017 —Width* 10 Length' 52 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 200 ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 40 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ® (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 006400 5800 05 % ®Yes El No Average Numberper Day 52 ❑Ves El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 2L_j0� 2017 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061359V Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. ©In DALE STN 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE MSAS252 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0006.44 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None hugo ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL © N/A ❑ N/A BNSF 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm D Residential ❑ Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0272060 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1263280 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F1056 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 2 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2016 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection E1AFO ❑ PTC D DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring © yes El No ❑ yes ❑ No ❑ yes ❑ No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. ReDate (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 2017 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs 19 Yes El No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type W10-2,3,4 Count 1 Specify Type Count ❑ Yes ❑ No Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 2 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ® LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance I'd Back Lights Included Ed Side Lights 5 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) © Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 1 ©No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 1 Specifytype SIDELIGHT 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) © Yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 08 2010 —Width* 10 Length' 72 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' D Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance (feet) 75 ❑ 0°-29° ® 300-59° ❑ 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 25 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ® (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2011 AADT 001800 05 % ®Yes El No Average Numberper Day 14 El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 28j2±_1 2010 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061363K Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In RICE ST 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE ST 49 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0007.65 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL ❑ N/A ❑ N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway ❑ At Grade (if Private Crossing) ❑ Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. © RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source ❑ N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0382000 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1059040 ❑ Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day ❑ 0 0 0 _ How many trains per week? 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding_ yard _ Transit Industry 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection ❑AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes El No ❑ yes ❑ No ❑ yes ❑ No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM Date (MM/DD/YYYY) 8 PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 62010 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 El Yes D No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ❑ No ® No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 0 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 0 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? ElNot Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street ❑ Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes _ ❑ Divided Traffic ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' ❑ Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance(feet) ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ❑ 60°-90° El Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1988 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day 0 El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 0� 0� 2020 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061365Y Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In COUNTRY DR 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near LITTLE CANADA MSAS101 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0008.27 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None hugo ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL D N/A D N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway © At Grade (if Private Crossing) © Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. ❑ RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential D Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes D No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source D N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0371100 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.0937930 D Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' F1093 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day 0 0 0 _ 0 How many trains per week? 6 _ 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 2020 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 1 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding0 yard 0 _ Transit 0 Industry 0 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection DAFO ❑ PTC D DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring © yes El No ❑ yes ❑ No ❑ yes ❑ No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 2020 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) El None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ® W10-1 2 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 ©Yes ❑ No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) D Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes I'd Yes D No D RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ® No ❑ No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 2 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 9 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 2 Ed LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required El Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El Yes ®No 1 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? © Not Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes © No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street D Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes 2 ❑ Divided Traffic ®Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ® No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ® No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) 05 2005 —Width* 10 Length' 40 El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber © 4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' ❑ Yes D No If Yes, Approximate Distance(feet) ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ® 60°-90° lid Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ® (1) Urban System? 30 MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes Ed No ® Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " D (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ® (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 2010 AADT 003200 05 % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day ❑Ves El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL RAILROAD ADM I NISTRATION OMB No. 2130-0017 Instructions for the initial reporting of the following types of new or previously unreported crossings: For public highway -rail grade crossings, complete the entire inventory Form. For private highway -rail grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For public pathway grade crossings (including pedestrian station grade crossings), complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For Private pathway grade crossings, complete the Header, Parts I and II, and the Submission Information section. For grade -separated highway -rail or pathway crossings (including pedestrian station crossings), complete the Header, Part I, and the Submission Information section. For changes to existing data, complete the Header, Part I Items 1-3, and the Submission Information section, in addition to the updated data fields. Note: For private crossings only, Part I Item 20 and Part III Item 2.K. are required unless otherwise noted. An asterisk " denotes an optional field. A. Revision Date B. Reporting Agency C. Reason for Update (Select only one) D. DOT Crossing (MM/DD/YYYY) © Railroad ❑ Transit © Change in ❑ New ❑ Closed ❑ No Train ❑ Quiet Inventory Number 8 j 2� 2010 ❑ State ❑ Other Data Crossing Traffic Zone Update ❑ Re -Open ❑ Date ❑ Change in Primary ❑ Admin. 061357G Change Only Operating RR Correction Part I: Location and Classification Information 1. Primary Operating Railroad 2. State 3. County Minnesota Commercial Railway [MNNR] I MINNESOTA RAMSEY 4. City/ Municipality 5. Street/Road Name & Block Number 6. Highway Type & No. D In COUNTY RD 23 1 _ (Street/Rood Nome) 1*(Block Number) El Near ROSEVILLE CO.NO23 _ 7. Do Other Railroads Operate a Separate Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No 8. Do Other Railroads Operate Over your Track at Crossing? ❑ yes D No If yes, Specify RR If yes, Specify RR 9. Railroad Division or Region 10. Railroad Subdivision or District 11. Branch or Line Name 12. RR Milepost 0005.56 (prefix) I (nnnn.nnn) I (suffix) ❑ None SYSTEM ❑ None ❑ None HUGO BRANCH 13. Line Segment 14. Nearest RR Timetable 15. Parent RR (if applicable) 16. Crossing Owner (if applicable) Station 0218 ST PAUL ❑ N/A ❑ N/A 17. Crossing Type 18. Crossing Purpose 19. Crossing Position 20. Public Access 21. Type of Train 22. Average Passenger © Highway ❑ At Grade (if Private Crossing) ❑ Freight ❑ Transit Train Count Per Day © Public ❑ Pathway, Ped. © RR Under ❑ yes ❑ Intercity Passenger ❑ Shared Use Transit ❑ Less Than One Per Day ❑ Private ❑ Station, Ped. ❑ RR Over ❑ No ❑ Commuter ❑ Tourist/Other ❑ Number Per Day0 23. Type of Land Use ❑ Open Space ❑ Farm ❑ Residential ❑ Commercial ❑ Industrial ❑ Institutional ❑ Recreational ❑ RR yard 24. Is there an Adjacent Crossing with a Separate Number? 25. Quiet Zone (FRA provided) ❑ yes ❑ No If yes, Provide Crossing Number IN No ❑ 24 Hr ❑ Partial ❑ Chicago Excused Date Established 26. HSR Corridor ID 27. Latitude in decimal degrees 28. Longitude in decimal degrees 29. Lat/Long Source ❑ N/A (WGS84 std: nn.nnnnnnn) 45.0200000 (WGS84 std: -nnn.nnnnnnn)-93.1464000 ❑ Actual ❑ Estimated 30.A. Railroad Use ' 31.A. State Use ' 30.B. Railroad Use ' 31.B. State Use ' 30.C. Railroad Use ' 31.C. State Use ' 30.D. Railroad Use ' 31.D. State Use ' 32.A. Narrative (Railroad Use) ' 32.B. Narrative (State Use) ' 33. Emergency Notification Telephone No. (posted) 34. Railroad Contact (Telephone No.) 35. State Contact (Telephone No.) 651-632-9000 651-632-9022 651-366-3667 Part II: Railroad Information 1. Estimated Number of Daily Train Movements L.A. Total Day Thru Tra ins 1.13. Total Night Thru Trains 1.C. Total Switching Trains 1.D. Total Transit Trains 1.E. Check if Less Than (5AMto5PM) (5PMto5AM) One Movement Per Day ❑ 0 0 0 _ How many trains per week? 2. year of Train Count Data (YYYY)3. Speed of Train at Crossing 3.A. Maximum Timetable Speed (mph) 10 3.13. Typical Speed Range Over Crossing (mph) From 0 to 10 4. Type and Count of Tracks Main 1 Siding_ yard _ Transit Industry 5. Train Detection (Main Track only) ❑ Constant Warning Time ❑ Motion Detection ❑AFO ❑ PTC ❑ DC ❑ Other ❑ None 6. Is Track Signaled? 7.A. Event Recorder 7.B. Remote Health Monitoring El Yes El No ❑ yes ❑ No ❑ yes ❑ No FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 1 OF 2 U. S. DOT CROSSING INVENTORY FORM A. Revision Date (MM/DD/YYYY) PAGE 2 D. Crossing Inventory Number (7 char.) 2010 Part III: Highway or Pathway Traffic Control Device Information 1. Are there 2. Types of Passive Traffic Control Devices associated with the Crossing Signs or Signals? 2A Crossbuck 2.B. STOP Signs (R1-1) 2.C. YIELD Signs (R1-2) 2.D. Advance Warning Signs (Check allthat apply, include count) ®None Assemblies (count) (count) (count) ❑ W10-1 ❑ W10-3 ❑ W10-11 El Yes D No 0 0 ❑ W10-2 ❑ W10-4 ❑ W10-12 2.E. Low Ground Clearance Sign 2.F. Pavement Markings 2.G. Channelization 2.H. EXEMPT Sign 2.1. ENS Sign (1-13) (W10-5) Devices/Medians (R15-3) Displayed El Yes (count___) ❑ Stop Lines ❑Dynamic Envelope ❑ All Approaches ❑ Median ❑ Yes ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ RR Xing Symbols ❑ None ❑ One Approach ❑ None ❑ No ® No 2.1. Other MUTCD Signs El Yes ©No 2.K. Private Crossing 21. LED Enhanced Signs (List types) Signs (if private) Specify Type Count Specify Type Count —El Yes ElNo Specify Type Count _ 3. Types of Train Activated Warning Devices atthe Grade Crossing (specify count of each device for all that apply) 3.A. Gate Arms 3.B. Gate Configuration 3.C. Cantilevered (or Bridged) Flashing Light 3.D. Mast Mounted Flashing Lights 3.E. Total Count of (count) Structures (count) (count of masts) 0 Flashing Light Pairs ❑ 2 Quad ❑ Full (Barrier) Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ Incandescent ❑ Incandescent ❑ LED Roadway 0 ❑ 3 Quad Resistance ❑ Back Lights Included ❑ Side Lights 0 Pedestrian ❑ 4 Quad ❑ Median Gates Not Over Traffic Lane 0 ❑ LED Included 3.F. Installation Date of Current 3.G. Wayside Horn 3.H. Highway Traffic Signals Controlling 3.1. Bells Active Warning Devices: (MM/yYYY) Crossing (count) El Not Required Yes Installed on (MM/YYYY) El❑Ves ®No 0 ❑ No 3.1. Non -Train Active Warning 3.K. Other Flashing Lights or Warning Devices ❑ Flagging/Flagman ❑Manually Operated Signals ❑ Watchman ❑ Floodlighting ❑ None Count 0 Specify type 4.A. Does nearby Hwy 4.B. Hwy Traffic Signal 4.C. Hwy Traffic Signal Preemption 5. High way Traffic Pre -Signals 6. Highway Monitoring Devices Intersection have Interconnection El Yes ElNo (Check all that apply) Traffic Signa Is? ElNot Interconnected ❑ Ves- Photo/Video Recording ❑ For Traffic Signals ❑ Simultaneous Storage Distance ❑ Ves— Vehicle Presence Detection ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ For Warning Signs ❑ Advance Stop Line Distance' ❑ None Part IV: Physical Characteristics 1. Traffic Lanes Crossing Railroad ❑ One-way Traffic 2. Is Roadway/Pathway 3. Does Track Run Down a Street? 4. Is Crossing Illuminated? (Street ❑ Two-way Traffic Paved? lights within approx. 50 feet from Number of Lanes _ ❑ Divided Traffic ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Yes ❑ No nearest roil) ❑ Yes ❑ No 5. Crossing Surface (on Main Track, multiple types allowed) Installation Date' (MM/YYYY) _ Width' Length' El1 Timber El2 Asphalt El3 Asphalt and Timber El4 Concrete El5 Concrete and Rubber El6 Rubber ❑ 7 Metal ❑ 8 Unconsolidated ❑ 9 Composite ❑ 10 Other(specify) 6. Intersecting Roadway within 500feet? 7. Smallest Crossing Angle 8. Is Commercial Power Available?' ❑ Yes ❑ No If Yes, Approximate Distance(feet) ❑ 0°-29° ❑ 300-59° ❑ 60°-90° El Yes El No Part V: Public Highway Information 1. Highway System 2. Functional Classification of Road at Crossing 3. Is Crossing on State Highway 4. Highway Speed Limit ❑ (0) Rural ❑ (1) Urban System? MPH ❑ (01) Interstate Highway System ❑ (1) Interstate ❑ (5) Major Collector ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Posted ❑ Statutory ❑ (02) Other Nat Hwy System (NHS) ❑ (2) Other Freeways and Expressways 5. Linear Referencing System (LRS Route 1D) " ❑ (03) Federal AID, Not NHS ❑ (3) Other Principal Arterial ❑ (6) Minor Collector 6. LRS Milepost " ❑ (08) Non -Federal Aid ❑ (4) MinorArterial ❑ (7) Local 7. Annual Average Daily Traffic(AADT) 8. Estimated Percent Trucks 9. Regularly Used by School Buses? 10. Emergency Services Route Year 1988 AADT % El Yes I'd No Average Number per Day 0 El Yes El No Submission Information -This information is used for administrative purposes and is not available on the public website. Submitted by Organization Phone _ Date _ Public reporting burden forthis information collection is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, includingthe time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintainingthe data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Accordingtothe Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, a federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to, norshall a person be subject to a penalty forfailure to comply with, a collection of information unless it displays a currentlyvalid OMB control number. The valid OMB control numberfor information collection is 2130-0017. Send comments regardingthis burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection, including for reducing this burden to: Information Collection Officer, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE, MS -25 Washington, DC 20590. FORM FRA F 6180.71 (Rev. 08/03/2016) OMB approval expires 11/30/2022 Page 2 OF 2 Roseville Public Works, Environment and Transportation Commission Agenda Item Date: March 23, 2021 Item Description: Look Ahead Agenda Items/Next Meeting April 27, 2021 Suggested Items: • Recycling Proposals Update Item No: 7 Look ahead - Preliminary 2021 Calendar • May 2021: MS4 Annual Report and Public Hearing -Update on Recycling RFP • June 2021: Prep for City Council Joint Meeting • July 2021: Review of City Council Joint Meeting Recommended Action: Set preliminary agenda items for the April 27, 2021 Public Works, Environment & Transportation Commission meeting.